2016 Cts Sedan Owner Manual PDF

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.
/Canada/Mexico-
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 29
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 107
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 172
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 187
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 347
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 366
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 376
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
2 Introduction
Introduction model variants, country Helm, Incorporated

specifications, features/applications Attention: Customer Service
that may not be available in your 47911 Halyard Drive
region, or changes subsequent to Plymouth, MI 48170
the printing of this owner manual. USA
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your Using this Manual
specific vehicle to confirm the To quickly locate information about
features. the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems,
Keep this manual in the vehicle for back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and
quick reference. alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in
manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited
Canadian Vehicle Owners it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,
the CADILLAC Emblem, and CTS A French language manual can be
are trademarks and/or service Danger, Warning, and
obtained from your dealer, at
marks of General Motors LLC, its www.helminc.com, or from: Caution
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
Warning messages found on vehicle
For vehicles first sold in Canada, Propritaires Canadiens labels and in this manual describe
substitute the name General On peut obtenir un exemplaire de hazards and what to do to avoid or
Motors of Canada Limited for ce guide en franais auprs du reduce them.
Cadillac Motor Car Division concessionnaire ou l'adresse
wherever it appears in this manual. suivante:
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 22990214 B Second Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means Do
Not, Do not do this, or Do not let # : Air Conditioning
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
in serious injury or death. g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls
Symbols or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and $ : Brake System Warning Light
{ Warning labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
Warning indicates a hazard that the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
could result in injury or death. information relating to a specific
component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
Caution M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions O : Exterior Lamps
Caution indicates a hazard that or information.
could result in property or vehicle
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
damage. . : Fuel Gauge
manual has additional instructions
or information. + : Fuses
0 : Shown when there is more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on another page Changer
see page.
( : Heated Steering Wheel
Vehicle Symbol Chart
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
and what they mean. For more : : Oil Pressure
information on the symbol, refer to O : Power
the Index.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
4 Introduction
/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Instrument Panel Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26
Driver Information Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 27
Initial Drive Information Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving for Better Fuel
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Front Automatic Braking (FAB) Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 23
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Surround Vision (CTS Only) . . . 23
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Curb View Camera
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 (CTS-V Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Automatic Parking
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Universal Remote System . . . . . 24
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 185. 9. Glove Box Button. See Glove Manual Mode Button. See
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Box 0 104. Automatic Transmission 0 211.
and Lane-Change Automatic Parking Assist 16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
Signals 0 168. Button (If Equipped). See See Ignition Positions 0 203.
3. Manual Mode 0 213 (If Assistance Systems for 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 109.
Equipped). Parking or Backing 0 236.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
4. Instrument Cluster 0 116. Parking Assist Button. See Controls. See Driver
Assistance Systems for Information Center (DIC) 0 135.
5. Windshield Wiper/ Parking or Backing 0 236.
Washer 0 109. 18. Horn 0 109.
10. Heated and Ventilated Front
6. Hazard Warning Seats 0 62 (If Equipped). 19. Steering Wheel
Flashers 0 168. Adjustment 0 108.
11. Dual Automatic Climate Control
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 249 System 0 178. 20. Cruise Control 0 225 (If
(If Equipped). Equipped).
12. Instrument Panel
Start/Stop Disable Switch (If Storage 0 104. Adaptive Cruise Control 0 228
Equipped). See Starting the (If Equipped).
Engine 0 205. Wireless Charging Pad (If
Equipped) (Out of View). See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
7. Light Sensor (If Equipped). See Wireless Charging 0 114 System 0 243 (If Equipped).
Automatic Headlamp Heated Steering Wheel 0 109
System 0 167. 13. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 217. (If Equipped).
Solar Sensor. See Dual 21. Instrument Panel Illumination
Automatic Climate Control 14. MODE Switch. See Driver
Mode Control 0 218. Control 0 169.
System 0 178.
15. Shift Lever. See Automatic 22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 137
8. Infotainment 0 172. (If Equipped).
Transmission 0 211.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
8 In Brief
23. Data Link Connector (DLC) Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Information (RKE) System
Light) 0 126. The RKE transmitter may work up to
This section provides a brief
24. Hood Release. See overview about some of the 60 m (197 ft) away.
Hood 0 264. important features that may or may
25. Electric Parking Brake (EPB) not be on your specific vehicle.
Switch. See Electric Parking For more detailed information, refer
Brake 0 215. to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Stop/Start System
The vehicle may have a fuel saving
stop/start system to shut off the
engine and help conserve fuel.
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When the Press the button to remove the key.
brake pedal is released or the The key can be used for all locks.
accelerator pedal is pushed, the Press K to unlock the driver door or
engine will restart. all doors.
See Starting the Engine 0 205.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 153.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 9
Press X twice quickly to release When the vehicle starts, the parking Manual Operation
the trunk. lamps will turn on.
From outside, use the key in the
Remote start can be extended. driver door. The key cylinder is
Press 7 and release to initiate
covered by a cap. See Door
vehicle locator. Canceling a Remote Start Locks 0 38.
Press and hold 7 for more than To cancel a remote start, do one of From the inside rear doors, push
three seconds to sound the panic the following: down on the door lock knob on top
alarm. . Press and hold / until the of the door. To unlock a door, pull
once on the door handle to unlock it,
Press 7 again to cancel the panic parking lamps turn off.
and again to open it.
alarm. . Turn on the hazard warning
See Keys 0 29 and Remote Keyless flashers. Power Door Locks
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. From outside, press Q or K on the
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36. RKE transmitter. See Remote
Remote Vehicle Start Keyless Entry (RKE) System
The engine can be started from Door Locks Operation 0 30.
outside of the vehicle.
Keyless Access
Starting the Vehicle
Press the button on the door handle
1. Press and release Q on the and pull the handle when the
RKE transmitter. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is within range. See
2. Immediately press and hold / Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
for at least four seconds or until System Operation 0 30.
the turn signal lamps flash.
3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
10 In Brief
From inside, press Q or K. The RKE transmitter is in range. See Seat Adjustment
indicator light in the switch will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
illuminate when locked. See Power System Operation 0 30 Power Seats
Door Locks 0 39. and Trunk 0 41.
Trunk Windows
High Performance Seat

To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or
The driver power window switches rearward by sliding the control
To open the trunk, press | on the forward or rearward.
control all the windows. The
driver door, press X twice quickly passenger switch only controls that . Raise or lower the seat by
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) window. moving the rear of the control up
transmitter, or press the touch pad or down.
Press the switch down to lower the
on the rear of the vehicle after
window. Pull the switch up to raise . If equipped, raise or lower the
unlocking all doors.
it. See Power Windows 0 48. front part of the seat cushion by
For Keyless Access, press the moving the front of the control
touch pad on the rear of the trunk up or down.
above the license plate when the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 11
V-Series Seat Adjustment . Press Rearward (3) to make . Tilt the top of the control forward
rearward adjustments of the to raise.
selected feature.
. Press Down (4) to make
downward adjustments of the
selected feature.
. Press Forward (5) to make
forward adjustments of the
selected feature.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 56.
Reclining Seatbacks
1. Feature Select
To adjust the seatback:
2. Up
3. Rearward . Tilt the top of the control
4. Down rearward to recline.
5. Forward . Tilt the top of the control forward
. Move Feature Select (1) to to raise.
display seat adjustments on the See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
center stack. Press and release
or hold to scroll through
features. Base Seat
. Press Up (2) to make upward To adjust the seatback:
adjustments of the selected
feature. . Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
12 In Brief
2-Way Lumbar and Bolster 4-Way Lumbar and Bolster V-Series Bolster Support
Adjustment Adjustment
4-Way Lumbar Support
To adjust lumbar support,
if equipped:
Lumbar Adjustment Bolster Adjustment

To adjust the 2-way lumbar and To adjust the 4-way lumbar and
bolster support, if equipped: bolster support, if equipped:
. Press and hold the lumbar . Press and hold the lumbar
adjustment control forward or . Press and release or hold
adjustment control forward or
rearward to adjust lumbar Feature Select (1) to scroll to
rearward to adjust lumbar
support inward or outward and lumbar support on the center
support inward or outward.
up or down for vertical lumbar stack.
. Press and hold the recliner adjustment. . Press Forward (5) or
control up or down to increase or
. Press and hold the recliner Rearward (3) to adjust lumbar
decrease seatback bolster
control up or down to increase or forward or rearward.
support.
decrease seatback bolster . Press Up (2) or Down (4) to
support. adjust lumbar support up
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 58. or down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 13
Cushion Bolster Back Bolster Support Memory Features

To adjust cushion bolster support, To adjust back bolster support,
if equipped: if equipped:
The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons

. . on the driver door are used to
Press and release or hold Press and release or hold
manually store and recall memory
Feature Select (1) to scroll to Feature Select (1) to scroll to
settings for the driver seat, outside
bolster support on the center back bolster support on the
mirrors, and power tilt and
stack. center stack.
telescoping steering column (if
. Press Forward (5) or . Press Forward (5) or equipped).
Rearward (3) to adjust bolster Rearward (3) to adjust back
When Auto Memory Recall is
support inward or outward. bolster support inward or
enabled in the personalization
outward.
menu, positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from OFF to ON/RUN/
START or ACC/ACCESSORY.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
14 In Brief
When Easy Exit Options is enabled Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the
in the personalization menu, the highest setting. With each press of
feature will recall the previously
Seats the button, the seat will change to
stored exit positions when the the next lower setting, and then to
ignition is changed to OFF and the off setting. The indicator lights
driver door is opened within a next to the buttons indicate three for
short time. the highest setting and one for the
See Memory Seats 0 60 and lowest. If the front heated seats are
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62.
Head Restraint
Front Seats
Adjustment
If equipped, the buttons are near the If equipped with base seats, the
climate controls on the center stack. vehicles front seats have adjustable
To operate, the ignition must be in head restraints in the outboard
ON/RUN/START. seating positions.
Press J or z to heat the driver or If equipped with high performance
passenger seat cushion and seats, the vehicles front seats have
seatback. head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
Press C or { to ventilate the driver adjusted.
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
has a fan that pulls or pushes air Do not drive until the head restraints
through the seat. The air is not for all occupants are installed and
cooled. adjusted properly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 15
To achieve a comfortable seating . How to Wear Safety Belts other airbag is affected by the
position, change the seatback Properly 0 67. passenger sensing system. See
recline angle as little as necessary . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68. Passenger Sensing System 0 79.
while keeping the seat and the head The passenger airbag status
restraint height in the proper . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 92. indicator lights on the overhead
position. console are visible when the vehicle
See Head Restraints 0 54 and is started. See Passenger Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment 0 56. Passenger Sensing Status Indicator 0 125.
System
Safety Belts Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
United States
Refer to the following sections for Canada and Mexico

important information on how to use The passenger sensing system will
safety belts properly: Controls for the outside power
turn off the front outboard
mirrors are on the driver door.
. Safety Belts 0 66. passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
16 In Brief
To adjust each mirror: Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel
1. Press (L) or (R) to select the Adjustment
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust each mirror so that a
little of the vehicle and the area
behind it can be seen.
4. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 46.
Interior If equipped, the control is on the left
side of the steering column.
The vehicle has an automatic To adjust the steering wheel: . Push the control up or down to
dimming inside rearview mirror. 1. Pull the lever down. tilt the steering wheel up
Automatic dimming reduces the
2. Move the steering wheel up or down.
glare of headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on or down. . Push the control forward or
when the vehicle is started. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel rearward to move the steering
closer or away from you. wheel toward the front or rear of
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
the vehicle.
Mirror 0 47. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
To set the power tilt wheel memory
position, see Memory Seats 0 60.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 17
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps
Dome Lamp There are front and rear reading

lamps on the overhead console and
over the rear passenger doors.
These lamps come on when any
door is opened.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:
Press the lamp lenses over the rear
passenger doors.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 169.
Exterior Lighting
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamp off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamp comes on when
a door is opened. Press m or n next to each
ON : Turns the lamp on. overhead console reading lamp.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
18 In Brief
There are four positions: Windshield Wiper/Washer the x INT band up for more
O : Turns off the exterior lamps. frequent wipes or down for less
The knob returns to the AUTO frequent wipes.
position after it is released. Turn to If equipped with Rainsense and the
O again to reactivate the AUTO feature is enabled in vehicle
mode. In Canada, the headlamps personalization, move the
will automatically reactivate when windshield wiper lever to INT and
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
turn the x INT band to adjust the
AUTO : Automatically turns the With the ignition in ACC/ sensitivity to moisture.
exterior lamps on and off, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, . Turn the band up for more
depending on outside lighting. move the lever to select the wiper
sensitivity to moisture.
; : Turns on the parking lamps speed.
. Turn the band down for less
including all lamps, except the HI : Use for fast wipes.
headlamps. sensitivity to moisture.
LO : Use for slow wipes. . Move the windshield wiper lever
5 : Turns on the headlamps out of the INT position to
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. deactivate Rainsense.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164 To turn the Rainsense feature on or

and Daytime Running Lamps off, see Rain Sense Wipers under
(DRL) 0 167. Vehicle Personalization 0 153.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
INT : Use this setting for intermittent

wipes or Rainsense, if equipped.
For intermittent wipes, move the
windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 19
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Climate Controls

the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down. The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
n L : Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 109.
Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger 5. Recirculation

Temperature Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger
2. Fan Control 7. Defrost
3. OFF (Fan) 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
20 In Brief
See Dual Automatic Climate Control Starting the Engine

System 0 178 and Rear Climate
Control System 0 183 (if equipped). When first starting the vehicle, the
engine idle speed will be elevated to
Transmission allow the catalytic converter, an
emissions control device, to quickly
Tap Shift reach operating temperature. After
approximately 20 seconds, the
If equipped, permanent Tap Shift
engine will begin to transition to its
Mode may be entered with the shift
normal, quieter idle speed, which
lever in D (Drive), by pressing the
can vary depending on the
M (Manual Mode) button on the top
temperature. This is normal
of the shift lever.
operation.
Climate Touch Screen Controls Temporary Tap Shift Mode may be
1. Outside Temperature Display entered while in D (Drive) using the
tap shift controls on the back of the
2. Driver and Passenger steering wheel.
Temperature Controls
See Manual Mode 0 213.
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 21
Vehicle Features Cruise Control (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,

press +RES up to the second
detent.
Infotainment System
SET : Press the control down
See the infotainment manual for briefly to set the speed and activate
information on the radio, audio cruise control. If cruise control is
players, phone, navigation system, already active, use to decrease
and voice or speech recognition. vehicle speed. To decrease speed
It also includes information on by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET
settings. down to the first detent. To decrease
speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
Steering Wheel Controls mark on the speedometer, press
The infotainment system can be SET down to the second detent.
operated by using the steering * : Press to disengage cruise
wheel controls. See "Steering control without erasing the set
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment J : Press to turn the system on speed from memory.
manual. and off. A white indicator appears in
the instrument cluster when cruise See Cruise Control 0 225 or
is turned on. Adaptive Cruise Control 0 228 (if
equipped).
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press the control up briefly Driver Information
to resume to that speed or press
and hold to accelerate. If the cruise Center (DIC)
control is already active, use to The DIC display is in the instrument
increase vehicle speed. To increase cluster. It shows the status of many
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press vehicle systems.
+RES up to the first detent. To
increase speed to the next 5 km/h
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
22 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or

lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
reduce the harm caused by System 0 245.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a If equipped, LKA may help avoid
vehicle much too closely. When crashes due to unintentional lane
approaching a vehicle ahead too departures. It may assist by gently
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red turning the steering wheel if the
alert on the windshield and rapidly vehicle approaches a detected lane
y or z : Press to move up or beeps or pulses the driver seat. marking without using a turn signal
down in a list. in that direction. It may also provide
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
S or T : Press to move between System 0 243. alert as the lane marking is crossed.
the interactive display zones in the The system will not assist or alert if
cluster. Press S to go back to the Front Automatic Braking it detects that you are actively
previous menu. (FAB) System steering. Override LKA by turning
SEL : Press to open a menu or the steering wheel. LKA uses a
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise camera to detect lane markings
select a menu item. Press and hold Control (ACC), it also has FAB,
to reset values on certain screens. between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
which includes Intelligent Brake 180 km/h (112 mph).
See Driver Information Center Assist (IBA). When the system
(DIC) 0 135. detects a vehicle ahead in your path See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
that is traveling in the same 0 249 and Lane Keep Assist
direction that you may be about to (LKA) 0 249.
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 23
Lane Change Alert (LCA) Front Vision Camera Rear Vision

If equipped, the LCA system is a If equipped, a view of the area in Camera (RVC)
lane-changing aid that assists front of the vehicle displays on the
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
drivers with avoiding lane change center stack to aid with parking and
the area behind the vehicle on the
crashes that occur with moving low-speed maneuvers.
center stack display when the
vehicles in the side blind zone (or See Front Vision Camera under vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly Assistance Systems for Parking or aid with parking and low-speed
approaching these areas from Backing 0 236. backing maneuvers.
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding See Assistance Systems for Parking
Curb View Camera or Backing 0 236.
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind (CTS-V Only)
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is If equipped, a view of the area in Rear Cross Traffic Alert
included as part of the LCA system. front of the vehicle displays on the (RCTA) System
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) center stack to aid with parking and
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
0 247 and Lane Change Alert low-speed maneuvers. The display
a triangle with an arrow displayed
(LCA) 0 247. shows a front, top down view at the
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
top of the screen and left and right
behind your vehicle that may cross
Surround Vision front camera images on the bottom.
your vehicle's path while in
(CTS Only) See Curb View Camera (CTS-V R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
Series Only) under Assistance sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
If equipped, views around the Systems for Parking or
vehicle display on the center stack See Assistance Systems for Parking
Backing 0 236.
to aid with parking and low-speed or Backing 0 236.
maneuvers.
See Surround Vision under
Parking Assist
Assistance Systems for Parking or If equipped, Rear Parking
Backing 0 236. Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
24 In Brief
and avoiding objects while in Rear Automatic Braking . Inside the storage area under
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds the armrest cover.
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
(RAB) System
. On the rear of the center
display a warning triangle on the If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise console, if equipped.
Rear Vision Camera screen and a Control (ACC) it also has the RAB
graphic on the instrument cluster to system, which is designed to help These outlets are powered while the
provide the object distance. In avoid or reduce the harm caused by vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
addition, multiple beeps or seat backing crashes when the vehicle is ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
pulses may occur if very close to an shifted into R (Reverse). If the the driver door is opened within
object. system detects the vehicle is 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
The vehicle may also have the Front backing too fast to avoid a crash Lift the cover to access the
Parking Assist system. with a detected object behind your accessory power outlet.
vehicle in your path, it may
See Assistance Systems for Parking automatically brake hard to a stop. See Power Outlets 0 112.
or Backing 0 236.
See Assistance Systems for Parking Universal Remote System
or Backing 0 236.
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA) Power Outlets
If equipped, the APA system helps Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
to search for and maneuver the Current
vehicle into parallel or perpendicular
parking spots using automatic Accessory power outlets can be
steering, DIC displays, and beeps. used to plug in electrical equipment,
When the vehicle speed is below such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
30 km/h (18 mph), press O to The vehicle has three 12-volt
enable the system. accessory power outlets:
See Automatic Parking Assist . Inside the center console
(APA) under Assistance Systems storage in front of the armrest
for Parking or Backing 0 236. cover.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 25
If equipped, this system provides a The passenger side switch (2)

way to replace up to three remote operates the sunshade. Press and
control transmitters used to activate release the front or rear of the
devices such as garage door switch (2) to express open or
openers, security systems, and express close the sunshade. To
home automation devices. stop the sunshade partway, press
Read the instructions completely the switch (2) again.
before attempting to program the See Sunroof 0 51.
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist you with
programming the Universal Remote The driver side switch (1) operates
system. the sunroof.
See Universal Remote Vent : Press and release the rear
System 0 160. of the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.
The sunshade will automatically
Sunroof open approximately 38 cm (15 in).
Press and hold the front of the
If equipped, the sunroof will only
switch (1) to close the sunroof vent.
operate when the ignition is in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, Express Open/Express Close :
or when Retained Accessory With the sunroof in the vent
Power (RAP) is active. See Ignition position, press the rear of the
Positions 0 203 and Retained switch (1) a second time to express
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 207. open the sunroof. Press the front of
the switch to express close the
sunroof. To stop the sunroof
partway, press the switch (1) again.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
26 In Brief
.
Performance and To turn off both TCS and
StabiliTrak, press and hold the
Maintenance TCS/StabiliTrak button Y on the
center console until g and i
Traction Control/ illuminate in the instrument
Electronic Stability cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride The low tire pressure warning light
Control alerts to a significant loss in
Control System
The Traction Control System (TCS) Messages 0 148. pressure of one of the vehicle's
limits wheel spin. The system turns tires. If the warning light comes on,
on automatically every time the . Press the TCS/StabiliTrak stop as soon as possible and inflate
vehicle is started. button Y again to turn on both the tires to the recommended
StabiliTrak assists with directional systems. pressure shown on the Tire and
control of the vehicle in difficult See Traction Control/Electronic Loading Information label. See
driving conditions. The system turns Stability Control 0 217. Vehicle Load Limits 0 199. The
on automatically every time the warning light will remain on until the
The vehicle has Driver Mode tire pressure is corrected.
vehicle is started. Control and may have Competitive
. To turn off TCS, press and Driving Mode. See Driver Mode The low tire pressure warning light
release the TCS/StabiliTrak Control 0 218 and Competitive may come on in cool weather when
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series the vehicle is first started, and then
button Y on the center turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Only) 0 222.
console. i illuminates in the may be an early indicator that the
instrument cluster. The tire pressures are getting low and
appropriate DIC message is
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
displayed. See Ride Control This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure.
System Messages 0 148. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
button Y again to turn traction the correct tire pressures.
control back on.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
In Brief 27
See Tire Pressure Monitor The oil life system can also be reset Driving for Better Fuel
System 0 311. as follows:
Economy
1. Turn the ignition on with the
Engine Oil Life System engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
The engine oil life system calculates 2. Fully press and release the to get the best fuel economy
engine oil life based on vehicle use accelerator pedal three times possible.
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE within five seconds.
OIL SOON message when it is time . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
to change the engine oil and filter. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL smoothly.
The oil life system should be reset SOON message is not on, the
. Brake gradually and avoid
to 100% only following an oil system is reset.
abrupt stops.
change. See Engine Oil Life System 0 274.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
Resetting the Oil Life System periods of time.
Car Wash Guidelines
1. Using the DIC buttons, display . When road and weather
REMAINING OIL LIFE on the conditions are appropriate, use
DIC. See Driver Information Caution
cruise control.
Center (DIC) 0 135 and Engine Some automatic car washes can . Always follow posted speed
Oil Messages 0 143. cause damage to the vehicle, limits or drive more slowly when
2. Press and hold SEL to clear wheels and ground effects. conditions require.
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Automatic car washes are not . Keep vehicle tires properly
SOON message and reset the recommended, due to lack of
oil life at 100%. inflated.
clearance for the undercarriage
and/or wide rear tires and wheels. . Combine several trips into a
Be careful not to reset the oil
life display accidentally at any See "Washing the Vehicle" under single trip.
time other than after the oil is Exterior Care 0 337. . Replace the vehicle's tires with
changed. It cannot be reset the same TPC Spec number
accurately until the next oil molded into the tire's sidewall
change. near the size.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
28 In Brief
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Service
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400
Canada: 1-800-882-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
New Cadillac owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Service Program.
See Roadside Service 0 369.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Keys and Locks
Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 47
Automatic Dimming Rearview
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Windows a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 36 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . 50 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Roof vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 45
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To remove the key, press the button . Check the transmitter's battery.
on the side of the transmitter near See Battery Replacement later
the bottom, and pull the key out. in this section.
Never pull the key out without . If the transmitter is still not
pressing the button. working correctly, see your
See your dealer if a new key is dealer or a qualified technician
needed. for service.
Contact Roadside Service if locked
out of the vehicle. See Roadside Remote Keyless Entry
Service 0 369. (RKE) System Operation
With an active OnStar subscription, The Keyless Access system allows
an OnStar Advisor may remotely for vehicle entry when the
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
Overview 0 379. Keyless Access Operation later in
this section.
Remote Keyless Entry The RKE transmitter may work up to
(RKE) System 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Keep in mind that other conditions,
Statement 0 376. such as those previously stated, can
If there is a decrease in the RKE impact the performance of the
operating range: transmitter.
. Check the distance. The
This key, inside the Remote Keyless transmitter may be too far from
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for the vehicle.
the driver door, and rear folding . Check the location. Other
seats. vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm from outside the vehicle using the
system. See Vehicle Alarm RKE transmitter. See Remote
System 0 43. Vehicle Start 0 36.
K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
driver door or all doors. See Vehicle Alarm) : Press and release one
Personalization 0 153. When time to initiate vehicle locator. The
remotely unlocking the vehicle at exterior lamps flash and the horn
night, the headlamps and back-up chirps three times. Press and hold
lamps will come on for about 7 for more than three seconds to
30 seconds to light your approach to sound the panic alarm. The horn
the vehicle. The turn signal sounds and the turn signal lamps
indicators may flash to indicate flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
unlocking. pressed again or the vehicle is
Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors. started.
The turn signal indicators may flash Pressing K will disarm the alarm
and/or the horn may sound on the system. See Vehicle Alarm X (Remote Trunk Release) :
second press to indicate locking. System 0 43. Press twice quickly to release the
See Vehicle Personalization 0 153. trunk.
Press and hold K until the windows
If the driver door is open when Q is fully open. Windows will not operate Keyless Access Operation
pressed and Unlocked Door unless remote window operation is The Keyless Access system lets
Anti-Lockout is enabled through the enabled. See Vehicle you lock and unlock the doors and
vehicle personalization, all doors will Personalization 0 153. access the trunk without removing
lock and then the driver door will the RKE transmitter from your
immediately unlock. See Vehicle / (Remote Start) : Press and
pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The
Personalization 0 153. If the release Q and then immediately RKE transmitter must be within 1 m
passenger door is open when Q is press and hold / for at least (3 ft) of the door being opened.
pressed, all doors lock. four seconds to start the engine If equipped, there will be a button on
the outside door handles.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The Keyless Access system can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

programmed to unlock all doors on the Passenger Doors
the first lock/unlock press from the When the doors are locked and the
driver door. See Vehicle RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
Personalization 0 153. of the door handle, pressing the
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from lock/unlock button on a passenger
the Driver Door door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
When the doors are locked and the cause all doors to lock if any of the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) following occur:
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door . The lock/unlock button was used
handle will unlock the driver door. to unlock all doors.
Driver Door Shown, Passenger
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Any vehicle door has opened
Similar
again within five seconds, all and all doors are now closed.
passenger doors will unlock. Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the Passive Locking
following occur: The Keyless Access system will
. It has been more than lock the vehicle several seconds
five seconds since the first lock/ after all doors are closed if the
unlock button press. vehicle is off and at least one
. Two lock/unlock button presses transmitter has been removed or
none remain in the vehicle.
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
and all doors are now closed.
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Programming Transmitters to 3. Remove the key lock cylinder
not leave the RKE transmitter in an the Vehicle cap on the driver door handle.
unattended vehicle. See Door Locks 0 38. Insert
Only RKE transmitters programmed the vehicle key into the key
To customize the doors to to the vehicle will work. If a
automatically lock when exiting the lock cylinder on the driver door
transmitter is lost or stolen, a handle, then turn the key
vehicle, see Vehicle replacement can be purchased and
Personalization 0 153. counterclockwise to the unlock
programmed through your dealer. position five times within
Temporary Disable Passive The vehicle can be reprogrammed 10 seconds.
Locking Feature so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have The Driver Information Center
Temporarily disable the passive up to eight transmitters matched (DIC) displays READY FOR
locking by pressing and holding K to it. REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.
on the interior door switch with a
Programming with a Recognized
door open for at least four seconds,
Transmitter
or until three chimes are heard.
Passive locking will then remain A new transmitter can be
disabled until Q on the interior door programmed to the vehicle when
is pressed, or until the vehicle is there is one recognized transmitter.
turned on. To program, the vehicle must be off
and all transmitters, both currently
Keyless Trunk Opening
recognized and new, must be
Press the touch pad on the trunk with you.
handle to open the trunk if the RKE
1. Remove the vehicle key from
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).
the recognized transmitter.
Key Access 2. Place the recognized 4. Open center console, remove
To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter(s) in the cupholder. the rubber mat and place the
transmitter battery, see Door new transmitter in the
Locks 0 38. transmitter pocket.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
5. Press the ENGINE START/ to complete. The vehicle must be off 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
STOP button. When the and all transmitters to be times. After the third time all
transmitter is learned, the DIC programmed must be with you. previously known transmitters
display will show that it is ready 1. Remove the vehicle key from will no longer work with the
to program the next transmitter. the transmitter. vehicle. Remaining transmitters
6. Remove the transmitter from can be relearned during the
2. Remove the key lock cylinder next steps.
the transmitter pocket and cap on the driver door handle.
press K or Q on the See Door Locks 0 38. Insert The DIC display should now
transmitter. the vehicle key into the key show READY FOR REMOTE
lock cylinder on the driver door # 1.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 46. handle, then turn the key
counterclockwise to the unlock
When all additional transmitters position five times within
are programmed, press and 10 seconds.
hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for approximately The Driver Information Center
12 seconds to exit (DIC) displays REMOTE
programming mode. LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
7. Return the vehicle key back
into the transmitter. 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
Programming without a START BUTTON TO LEARN
Recognized Transmitter and then press the ENGINE
If there are no currently recognized START/STOP button. 5. Open center console, remove
transmitters available, follow this The DIC display will again the rubber mat and place the
procedure to program up to eight show REMOTE LEARN new transmitter in the
transmitters. This feature is not PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. transmitter pocket.
available in Canada. This procedure
will take approximately 30 minutes
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
6. Press the ENGINE START/ START YOUR VEHICLE when Battery Replacement
STOP button. When the starting the vehicle. See Key and
transmitter is learned, the DIC Lock Messages 0 144. Caution
display will show that it is ready To start the vehicle:
to program the next transmitter. When replacing the battery, do
7. Remove the transmitter from not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter pocket and the transmitter. Static from your
press K or Q on the body could damage the
transmitter. transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 57. Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
When all additional transmitters message displays in the DIC.
are programmed, press and
hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for approximately
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
1. Open center console, remove
8. Return the vehicle key back the rubber mat and place the
into the transmitter. new transmitter in the
transmitter pocket.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral) press the brake
If the transmitter battery is weak or if pedal and the ENGINE START/
there is interference with the signal, STOP button.
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible. 1. Press the button on the side of
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN the transmitter near the bottom
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN and pull the key out.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This

button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear window
defogger may come on during
remote start based on cold ambient
conditions. The rear defog indicator
light does not come on during
remote start.
2. Separate the two halves of the 3. Remove the old battery. Do not
If equipped, the heated and
transmitter using a flat tool use a metal object.
ventilated front seats may also
inserted into the bottom center 4. Insert the new battery on the come on when the vehicle
of the transmitter. Do not use back housing, positive side personalization setting is enabled.
the key slot. facing down. Replace with a See Heated and Ventilated Front
CR2032 or equivalent battery. Seats 0 62.
5. Align the front and back Laws in some local communities
housing, then snap the may restrict the use of remote
transmitter together. starters. For example, some laws
may require a person using remote
Remote Vehicle Start start to have the vehicle in view.
Check local regulations for any
This feature allows the engine to be requirements.
started from outside the vehicle.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not
use the remote start feature. The
vehicle may run out of fuel.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The RKE transmitter range may be Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning
shorter while the vehicle is running. The engine run time can also be flashers.
Other conditions can affect the extended by another 10 minutes, . Turn the vehicle on and then
performance of the transmitter. See if during the first 10 minutes back off.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Steps 12 are repeated while the
System 0 30. engine is still running. An extension Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
can be requested, 30 seconds after
Starting the Engine Using Remote starting. This provides a total of The remote start will not operate if
Start 20 minutes. any of the following occur:
1. Press and release Q on the The remote start can only be . The ignition is in any mode other
RKE transmitter. extended once. than off.
2. Immediately press and hold / When the remote start is extended, . The transmitter is in the vehicle.
for at least four seconds or until the second 10 minute period is . The hood is not closed.
the turn signal lamps flash. added on to the first 10 minutes for
This confirms the request to a total of 20 minutes. . The hazard warning flashers
remote start the vehicle has are on.
A maximum of two remote starts,
been received. or a remote start with an extension, . There is an emission control
During the remote start, the are allowed between ignition cycles. system malfunction.
parking lamps will remain on as Then the ignition must be changed . The engine coolant temperature
long as the engine is running. to ON/RUN and then back to OFF is too high.
The engine will shut off after before the remote start procedure . The oil pressure is low.
10 minutes unless a time can be used again.
. Two remote vehicle starts have
extension is done or the Canceling a Remote Start already been used.
ignition is put in ON/RUN.
To cancel a remote start, do any of . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
3. Press the brake pedal and the following:
select the ON/RUN ignition
mode to drive the vehicle. . Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Door Locks Warning (Continued)

button. When unlocking from the
driver door, the first press unlocks
that door; press again within
{ Warning . Outsiders can easily enter five seconds to unlock all passenger
through an unlocked door doors. See Remote Keyless Entry
Unlocked doors can be when slowing or stopping (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
dangerous. the vehicle. Lock the doors
. Passengers, especially to help prevent this from Driver Door Key Cylinder Access
children, can easily open happening.
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The chance Keyless Access
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be To access the key cylinder:
unable to get out. A child 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
can be overcome by open position.
extreme heat and can suffer Use the Keyless Access system to 2. Insert the key into the slot (3)
permanent injuries or even lock and unlock the door. When the on the bottom of the cap (2)
death from heat stroke. doors are locked and the Remote and pry outward.
Always lock the vehicle Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
whenever leaving it. within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
(Continued) handle, press the lock/unlock remove.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
4. Use the key in the cylinder. Inside the Vehicle

On the rear doors, push down on
the door lock knob to lock the door
manually. Pull once on the door
handle to unlock the door and again
to open the door.
Press the power door lock switch to
lock or unlock all doors
automatically. See Power Door
Locks 0 39.
Power Door Locks
To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to the
open position.
2. Insert the two tabs (7) at the
back of the cap (8) between
the seal (5) and the metal
base (6).
3. Move the cap forward and

press to snap the cap in place.
4. Release the door handle.
Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.
The indicator light in the switch will
illuminate when activated.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the Delayed locking can only be turned Lockout Protection
doors. on when the Unlocked Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been If the vehicle is in ACC/
turned off. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START
Delayed Locking and the power door lock switch is
This feature delays the actual Delayed locking can be pressed with the driver door open,
locking of the doors until programmed through the Driver all the doors will lock and only the
five seconds after all doors are Information Center (DIC). See driver door will unlock.
closed. Vehicle Personalization 0 153.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
When Q is pressed on the power Automatic Door Locks requested while a door is open,
door lock switch with the door open, when all doors are closed the
The doors will lock automatically vehicle will check for RKE
a chime will sound three times
when all doors are closed, the transmitters inside. If an RKE
indicating that delayed locking is
ignition is on, and the shift lever is transmitter is detected and the
active.
moved out of P (Park). number of RKE transmitters inside
The doors will then lock has not reduced, the driver door will
To unlock the doors:
automatically five seconds after all unlock and the horn will chirp three
doors are closed. If a door is . Press K on the power door lock times.
reopened before five seconds have switch.
elapsed, the five-second timer will Lockout Protection can be manually
. Shift the transmission into overridden with the driver door open
reset once all the doors are closed
again. P (Park). by pressing and holding Q on the
Automatic door locking cannot be power door lock switch.
Press Q on the door lock switch disabled. Automatic door unlocking Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
again, or press Q on the RKE can be programmed. See Vehicle
transmitter, to override this feature Personalization 0 153. If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
and lock the doors immediately. turned on and the vehicle is off, the
driver door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
only the driver door will unlock. The
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
can be turned on or off using the Press Z { to activate the safety Doors
vehicle personalization menus. See locks on the rear doors. The
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. indicator light in the switch will Trunk
illuminate when activated.
Safety Locks The rear door power windows are
also disabled. See Power
{ Warning
Windows 0 48. Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
Press Z { again to deactivate the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
lockout switch.
or with any objects that pass
If an inside rear door handle is through the seal between the
being pulled at the same time the body and the trunk/hatch or
safety lock is deactivated, that door liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
will remain locked and the indicator carbon monoxide (CO) which
light may flash. Release the handle, cannot be seen or smelled. It can
then press the safety lock twice to cause unconsciousness and even
deactivate the safety locks. death.
The rear door safety locks prevent If the vehicle must be driven with
passengers from opening the rear the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
doors from inside the vehicle. . Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Warning (Continued)
. Press | on the driver door. Close the trunk by pulling on the
handle. Do not use the handle as a
. Press X twice quickly on the tie-down.
and set the fan speed to the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
highest setting. See Rear Seat Pass-Through
transmitter.
Climate Control Systems
Use the rear seat pass-through door
in the Index.
when transporting long items.
. If the vehicle is equipped
To open, pull down the rear seat
with a power liftgate, disable
armrest. Pull the lever all the way
the power liftgate function.
down to release the door.
See Engine Exhaust 0 210.
To close, push it up and back into
place. Try to open the door without
Trunk Release pulling up on the lever to make sure
it is locked into place.
. Press the touch pad on the rear

of the trunk above the license
plate when all doors are
unlocked.
The trunk can be opened while the
vehicle is locked by pressing the
touch pad above the license plate
while the RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.
To open the trunk, the vehicle must See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
be off or the shift lever must be in System Operation 0 30.
P (Park).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark Vehicle Security

Handle emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow This vehicle has theft-deterrent
following exposure to light. Pull the features; however, they do not make
release handle to open the trunk the vehicle impossible to steal.
from the inside.
After use, return to the stored Vehicle Alarm System
position. This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
On Solid : Vehicle is secured The vehicle alarm system will not . Unlock the vehicle using the
during the delay to arm the system. arm if the doors are locked with Keyless Access system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. the key. . Start the vehicle.
A door, the hood, or the trunk If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
is open. first unlocking with the RKE accident:
Slow Flash : Alarm system is transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate . Lock the vehicle after all
armed. occupants have left the vehicle
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked and all doors are closed.
1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the
transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter or use the
2. Lock the vehicle in one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system.
three ways: activated. Unlocking the driver door with the
. Use the RKE transmitter. The alarm will also be activated if a key will not disarm the system or
. Use the Keyless Access passenger door, the trunk, or the turn off the alarm.
system. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the How to Detect a Tamper
. With a door open, press Q alarm is activated, the turn signals Condition
on the interior of the door. flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the transmitter
3. After 30 seconds the alarm 30 seconds. The alarm system will
and the horn chirps and the lights
system will arm, and the then re-arm to monitor the next
flash three times, a previous alarm
indicator light will begin to unauthorized event.
occurred while the system was
slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System armed.
alarm system is operating.
To disarm the alarm system or turn If the alarm has been activated, a
Pressing Q on the RKE message will appear on the DIC.
transmitter a second time will off the alarm if it has been activated:
See Security Messages 0 150.
bypass the 30-second delay . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Power Sounder and Inclination The vehicle is automatically When trying to start the vehicle, the
Sensor immobilized when the vehicle is security light may come on briefly
turned off. when the ignition is turned on.
In addition to the standard
theft-deterrent system features, this The immobilization system is If the engine does not start and the
system may also have a power disarmed when the pushbutton start security light stays on, there is a
sounder and inclination sensor. is activated to enter the ACC/ problem with the system. Turn the
ACCESSORY mode or the ON/ ignition off and try again.
The power sounder provides an RUN/START mode and a valid
audible alarm which is distinct from If the vehicle will not change ignition
transmitter is present in the vehicle. modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/
the vehicles horn. It has its own
power source, and can sound an RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE
alarm if the vehicles battery is transmitter appears to be
compromised. undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
The inclination sensor can set off transmitter in the transmitter pocket
the alarm if it senses movement of located in the center console. See
the vehicle, such as a change in Key and Lock Messages 0 144.
vehicle orientation. The security light, in the instrument
If the ignition modes will not change
cluster, comes on if there is a
Immobilizer with the other transmitter, your
problem with arming or disarming
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
See Radio Frequency the theft-deterrent system.
does change modes, the first
Statement 0 376. The system has one or more RKE transmitter may be faulty. See the
transmitters matched to an dealer.
Immobilizer Operation immobilizer control unit in the
It is possible for the immobilizer
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
This vehicle has a passive system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitter will start the
theft-deterrent system. RKE transmitters. Up to eight
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
transmitters can be programmed for
The system does not have to be damaged, you may not be able to
the vehicle. To program additional
manually armed or disarmed. start your vehicle.
transmitters, see Programming
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Transmitters to the Vehicle under Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 30.
Convex Mirrors
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. Caution
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are on the driver door.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is To adjust each mirror:
curved so more can be seen from 1. Press (L) or (R) to select the
the driver seat. driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust each mirror so that a
little of the vehicle and the area
behind it can be seen.
4. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Memory Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may have The passenger and/or driver mirror
memory mirrors. See Memory tilt to a preselected position when Interior Rearview Mirrors
Seats 0 60. the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
Automatic Dimming feature allows the driver to view the view of the area behind the vehicle.
curb when parallel parking. The
If equipped, the driver side mirror mirror returns to the original position Do not spray glass cleaner directly
automatically dims to reduce the when the vehicle is shifted out of on the mirror. Use a soft towel
glare of the vehicle headlamps from R (Reverse), the ignition is turned dampened with water.
behind. This feature comes on when off, or if the vehicle is driven in
the vehicle is started. reverse above a predetermined Automatic Dimming
speed. Rearview Mirror
Folding Mirrors Turn this feature on or off through The rearview mirror automatically
Manual Folding Mirrors vehicle personalization. See Vehicle dims to reduce the glare of the
Personalization 0 153. headlamps from behind. This
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent feature comes on when the vehicle
damage when going through an is started.
automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped with heated mirrors:
= : The rear window defogger also
heats the outside mirrors.
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 178.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
{ Warning sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
Power Windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never The driver power window switches
leave keys in a vehicle with control all the windows. The
children. When there are children passenger switch only controls that
in the rear seat, use the window window.
lockout button to prevent Press the switch down to lower the
operation of the windows. See window. Pull the switch up to
Keys 0 29. raise it.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
allows the use of the power
windows after the ignition has been
turned off. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 207.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch Programming the Power

The express feature allows the Override Windows
windows to be raised and lowered If the vehicle battery has been
all the way without holding the { Warning recharged or disconnected, or is not
switch. working, the front power windows
If express override is activated, will need to be reprogrammed for
Press or pull the switch fully and the window will not reverse
release it to activate the express the express-up feature to work.
automatically. You or others could Before reprogramming, replace or
feature.
be injured and the window could recharge the vehicle's battery.
Cancel the express mode by briefly be damaged. Before you use
pressing or pulling the switch. To program:
express override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are 1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or
Express Window Anti-Pinch ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
clear of the window path.
Feature Retained Accessory Power
If any object is in the path of the (RAP) is active, close all doors.
window when the express-up is To override the anti-pinch feature,
hold the window switch all the way 2. Pull and hold the power
active, the window will stop at the window switch until the window
obstruction and auto-reverse to a up to the second position. The
window will rise for as long as the is fully closed. Continue
preset factory position. Weather holding the switch up for
conditions such as severe icing may switch is held. Once the switch is
released, the express mode is approximately two seconds
also cause the window to after the window is completely
auto-reverse. The window will return reactivated.
closed.
to normal operation after the In this mode, the window can close
obstruction or condition is removed. on an object in its path. Use care 3. Push the power window switch
when using the override mode. down until the window is fully
open. Continue holding the
switch down for approximately
two seconds after the window
is completely open.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The window is now reprogrammed. Press Z { to activate the safety Pull the sun visor down to block
Repeat the process for the other locks on the rear doors. The glare. Detach the sun visor from the
windows. indicator light in the switch will center mount to pivot to the side
illuminate when activated. window or, if equipped, extend
Comfort Open along the rod.
To open the windows remotely, The rear door power door locks are
also disabled. See Safety Rear Window Sunshade
press and hold K on the RKE Locks 0 41.
transmitter until the windows
fully open. Press Z { again to deactivate the
See Vehicle Personalization 0 153. lockout switch.
If an inside rear door handle is
Window Lockout being pulled at the same time the
safety lock is deactivated, that door
will remain locked and the indicator
light may flash. Release the handle,
then press the safety lock twice to
deactivate the safety locks.
Sun Visors
If equipped with a rear window
sunshade, the switch is on the
overhead console. The sunshade
only operates with the ignition in
ON/RUN/START.
This feature prevents the rear To open the sunshade, press and
windows from operating except from release the switch. The sunshade
the driver position. will fully extend. To close the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
sunshade, press and release the If equipped, use the handle to pull Roof
switch again. The sunshade will fully the sunshade up and attach to the
close. holder at the top of the window.
There is also a small shade for the Sunroof
When shifting the vehicle into
R (Reverse), the sunshade will rear corner of the window. If equipped, the sunroof will only
automatically retract if it is To close the sunshade, use the operate when the ignition is in ON/
extended. It will re-extend after a handle to unhook and hold it while it RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
short delay when shifting into D retracts down. or when Retained Accessory Power
(Drive). (RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 207.
Rear Passenger Door Sunshades
The driver side switch (1) operates

the sunroof.
Vent : Press and release the rear of
the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.
The sunshade will automatically
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
open approximately 38 cm (15 in). conditions, it is possible to override If water is seen dripping into the
Press the front of the switch (1) to the reversal system. To override the water drainage system, this is
close the sunroof vent. reversal system, close in manual normal.
Express Open/Express Close : mode. To stop the movement,
With the sunroof in the vent release the switch.
position, push the rear of the
switch (1) a second time to express
open the sunroof. Press the front of
the switch to express close the
sunroof. To stop the sunroof
partway, press the switch (1) again.
The passenger side switch (2)
operates the sunshade. Press the
front or rear of the switch (2) to
express open or express close the
sunshade. To stop the sunshade
partway, press the switch (2) a
second time.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
Automatic Reversal System sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
The sunroof/sunshade is equipped operation or noise. It could also plug
with an automatic reversal system the water drainage system.
that is only active when the sunroof/ Periodically open the sunroof and
sunshade is being operated in remove any obstacles or loose
express mode. If an object is in the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
path of the sunroof/sunshade while roof sealing area using a clean
it is express closing, the reversal cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
system will detect the object and remove grease from the sunroof.
stop. In the event of closing
difficulties like frost or other
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Seats and Restraints 53
Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 72

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 92
Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Airbag System Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Head Restraints Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Securing Child Restraints
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 75 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Front Seats When Should an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 56 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 What Makes an Airbag
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 59 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 59 How Does an Airbag
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See after an
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Passenger Sensing System . . . 79
Rear Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seat Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 84
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 66 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 85
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Infants and Young Children . . . . 87
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 90
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 91
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 72
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
54 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
If equipped with base seats, the
vehicles front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
If equipped with high performance
seats, the vehicles front seats have
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.
{ Warning If equipped with base seats, adjust The height of the head restraint can
the head restraint so that the top of be adjusted.
With head restraints that are not the restraint is at the same height as To raise or lower the head restraint,
installed and adjusted properly, the top of the occupant's head. This press the button located on the side
there is a greater chance that position reduces the chance of a of the head restraint, and pull up or
occupants will suffer a neck/ neck injury in a crash. push the head restraint down and
spinal injury in a crash. Do not release the button. Pull and push on
drive until the head restraints for
Front Seats
the head restraint after the button is
all occupants are installed and If equipped, the vehicle's front seats released to make sure that it is
adjusted properly. have adjustable head restraints in locked in place.
the outboard seating positions.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
To adjust the head restraint forward If equipped with high performance To lower the head restraint, press
and rearward, press the button seats, the front seat outboard head the button, located on the top of the
located on the side facing of the restraints are not removable. seatback, and push the head
head restraint and move it forward restraint down. Try to move the
or rearward until the desired locking Rear Seats head restraint after the button is
position is reached. Try to move the The vehicle's rear seats have released to make sure that it is
head restraint after the button is adjustable head restraints in the locked in place.
released to make sure that it is outboard seating positions. Rear outboard head restraints are
locked in place. not removable.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Front Seats To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 58.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
Safety Alert Seat. This feature
activates a vibrating pulse alert in
the driver seat to help the driver
avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 235.
V-Series Seat Adjustment
{ Warning 1. Feature Select
You can lose control of the 2. Up
High Performance Seat vehicle if you try to adjust a driver 3. Rearward
To adjust the seat: seat while the vehicle is moving. 4. Down
Adjust the driver seat only when 5. Forward
. Move the seat forward or
the vehicle is not moving. . Move Feature Select (1) to
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward. display seat adjustments on the
center stack. Press and release
. Raise or lower the seat by or hold to scroll through
moving the rear of the control up features.
or down.
. Press Up (2) to make upward
. If equipped, raise or lower the adjustments of the selected
front part of the seat cushion by feature.
moving the front of the control
up or down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Press Rearward (3) to make
rearward adjustments of the
selected feature.
. Press Down (4) to make
downward adjustments of the
selected feature.
. Press Forward (5) to make
forward adjustments of the
selected feature.
4-Way Lumbar Support
To adjust lumbar support for a base .
High Performance Seat Press and release or hold
seat, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 58.
. Feature Select (1) to scroll to
Press and release or hold
To adjust lumbar support for high bolster support on the center
Feature Select (1) to scroll to
performance seats, if equipped: stack.
lumbar support on the center
stack. . Press Forward (5) or
. Rearward (3) to adjust bolster
Press Forward (5) or
Rearward (3) to adjust lumbar
forward or rearward.
. Press Up (2) or Down (4) to
adjust lumbar support up
or down.
Cushion Bolster Support
To adjust cushion bolster support,
if equipped:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Back Bolster Support Lumbar Adjustment 4-Way Lumbar and Bolster

To adjust back bolster support, Adjustment
if equipped:
2-Way Lumbar and Bolster
Adjustment
Bolster Adjustment
To adjust the 4-way lumbar and
. Press and release or hold Lumbar Adjustment bolster support, if equipped:
Feature Select (1) to scroll to
To adjust the 2-way lumbar and . Press and hold the lumbar
back bolster support on the
bolster support, if equipped: adjustment control forward or
center stack.
. Press and hold the lumbar rearward to adjust lumbar
. Press Forward (5) or
adjustment control forward or support inward or outward and
Rearward (3) to adjust back up or down for vertical lumbar
rearward to adjust lumbar
support inward or outward. adjustment.
. Press and hold the recliner . Press and hold the recliner
control up or down to increase or control up or down to increase or
decrease seatback bolster decrease seatback bolster
support. support.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Thigh Support Reclining Seatbacks

Adjustment

Base Seat To adjust the seatback:
Base Seat To adjust the seatback: . Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
If equipped, pull up on the lever. . Tilt the top of the control
Then pull or push on the support to rearward to recline. . Tilt the top of the control forward
lengthen or shorten. Release the to raise.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
lever to lock in place. See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
to raise.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons

{ Warning on the driver door are used to
Sitting in a reclined position when manually store and recall memory
the vehicle is in motion can be settings for the driver seat, outside
dangerous. Even when buckled mirrors, power tilt and telescoping
steering column (if equipped).
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job. Storing Memory Positions
The shoulder belt will not be To store positions to the 1 and 2
against your body. Instead, it will buttons:
be in front of you. In a crash, you 1. The ignition must be in ON/
could go into it, receiving neck or RUN/START or ACC/
other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if ACCESSORY.
The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving.
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
your abdomen. The belt forces mirrors, and the power tilt and
would be there, not at your pelvic Memory Seats telescoping steering column (if
bones. This could cause serious equipped) to the desired
internal injuries. positions.
For proper protection when the 3. Press and release SET. A beep
vehicle is in motion, have the will sound.
seatback upright. Then sit well 4. Immediately press and hold 1
back in the seat and wear the until two beeps sound.
safety belt properly.
5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using 2.
Repeat Steps 14 using B to store
your positions for getting out of the
vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Manually Recalling Memory RKE transmitters are not labeled Obstructions

Positions with a number. If your memory seat If something has blocked the driver
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to position is not automatically
seat and/or the power tilt and
manually recall the previously telescoping steering column while
recalling, then store your positions recalling a memory position, the
stored memory positions. Releasing to the other button or switch RKE recall may stop. Remove the
1, 2, or B before the stored transmitters with the other driver. obstruction. Then do one of the
positions are reached stops the If the vehicles driver has changed, following:
recall. in some vehicles the Driver ID may . If automatically or manually
Automatically Recalling Memory be displayed for the first few ignition recalling the stored memory
Positions cycles. position, press and hold the
If programmed in the vehicle Easy Exit Recall appropriate manual control for
personalization Menu, the Auto two seconds. Try recalling again
If programmed on in the vehicle by pressing the appropriate
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature personalization menu, the Easy Exit
automatically recalls the current memory button, then try recalling
feature recalls the previously stored again by opening the driver door
drivers previously stored 1 or 2 B (Exit) positions when leaving the
position when the ignition is vehicle. See Storing Memory and pressing K on the RKE
changed from off to ON/RUN/ Positions listed previously. See transmitter..
START or ACC/ACCESSORY. also Vehicle Personalization 0 153. . If recalling the exit position,
The transmission must be in Easy Exit Recall automatically press and hold the appropriate
P (Park). activates when one of the following manual control for the exit
See Vehicle Personalization 0 153. occurs: feature not recalling for
two seconds. Then try recalling
To stop recall movement, press one . The vehicle is turned off and the the exit position again.
of the memory, driver seat, outside driver door is opened within a
mirror, or power tilt and telescoping short time. If the memory position is still not
steering column controls. recalling, see your dealer for
. The vehicle is turned off with the service.
driver door open.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Heated and Ventilated seat is turned on, the symbol turns

red. When a ventilated seat is
Front Seats turned on, the symbol turns blue.
Press the button once for the
{ Warning highest setting. With each press of
If you cannot feel temperature the button, the seat will change to
change or pain to the skin, the the next lower setting, and then to
seat heater may cause burns. To the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
reduce the risk of burns, people
the highest setting and one for the
with such a condition should use
lowest. If the heated seats are on
care when using the seat heater,
high, the level may automatically be
especially for long periods of lowered after approximately
If equipped, the buttons are near the
time. Do not place anything on 30 minutes.
climate controls on the center stack.
the seat that insulates against
To operate, the ignition must be in The passenger seat may take
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, ON/RUN/START.
cover, or similar item. This may longer to heat up.
cause the seat heater to Press J or z to heat the driver or Auto Heated Seats
overheat. An overheated seat passenger seat cushion and
When the vehicle is on, this feature
heater may cause a burn or may seatback.
will automatically activate the
damage the seat.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver heated seats at the level required by
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat the vehicles interior temperature.
has a fan that pulls or pushes air The active high, medium, low, or off
through the seat. The air is not heated seat level will be indicated
cooled. by the manual heated seat buttons
When this feature is off, the heated on the center stack. Use the manual
and ventilated seat symbols on the heated seat buttons on the center
buttons are white. When a heated stack to turn auto heated seats off.
If the passenger seat is unoccupied,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
the auto heated seats feature will The heated or ventilated seat Rear Seats
not activate that seat. The auto indicator lights do not turn on during
heated seats feature can be a remote start.
programmed to always be enabled The temperature performance of an
when the vehicle is on. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 153. This is normal.
Remote Start Auto Heated and The heated or ventilated seats will
Ventilated Seats not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
During a remote start, the heated or vehicle personalization menu. See
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 and
turned on automatically. When it is
Vehicle Personalization 0 153.
cold outside, the heated seats turn
on, and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled Split fold seats are equipped with a
when the ignition is turned on. Press locking latch.
the heated or ventilated seat button Lock and unlock the seatback using
to use the heated or ventilated seats the vehicle key in the cylinder.
after the vehicle is started.
The latch will not open when the
seatback is locked.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Folding the Seatback 2. Unlock the seatback using the

vehicle key in the cylinder.
Caution Pull the lever on top of the
seatback toward you to release
Folding a rear seat with the safety the seatback.
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety A red tab near the seatback
lever raises when the seatback
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
is released.
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before 3. Fold the seatback forward.
folding a rear seat. Repeat Steps 23 to fold the
other seatback, if desired.
If equipped, either side of the 1. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch using a key in the Raising the Seatback
seatback can be folded for more
cargo space. Fold a seatback only slot on the mini-buckle, and let
when the vehicle is not moving. the belt retract. { Warning
To fold the seatback: If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
4. Reconnect the center safety

{ Warning belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let the belt
A safety belt that is improperly twist.
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the 5. Pull on the center safety belt to
protection needed in a crash. The make sure the mini-latch is
person wearing the belt could be secure.
seriously injured. After raising the 6. Repeat the steps to raise the
rear seatback, always check to be other seatback, if necessary.
sure that the safety belts are When the seat is not in use, it
properly routed and attached, and should be kept in the upright, locked
are not twisted. position. If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
To raise a seatback: Heated Rear Seats
With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
1. Lift the seatback up. Make sure press M or L to heat the left or right
the center safety belt and latch { Warning outboard seat cushion and
do not get trapped behind the seatback. An indicator on the
seat. Push the seatback If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the climate control display appears
rearward to secure it in place. when this feature is on.
seat heater may cause burns.
A red tab near the seatback See the Warning under Heated Press the button once for the
lever retracts when the and Ventilated Front Seats 0 62. highest setting. With each press of
seatback is in place. the button, the heated seat changes
2. Push and pull the top of the to the next lower setting, and then
seatback to be sure it is in the off setting. Three lights indicate
position. the highest setting, and one light
indicates the lowest. If the heated
3. Lock the seatback using the
vehicle key in the cylinder.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
seats are on high, the level may The pass-through door can be Safety Belts
automatically be lowered after locked or unlocked using the knob
approximately 30 minutes. on the back of the door. Open the This section of the manual
trunk to access the lock. Turn the describes how to use safety belts
Rear Seat knob toward Q to lock the door or properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
Pass-Through Door away from Q to unlock the door.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
The vehicle has a rear seat buckled up can strike other
pass-through door in the center of
passengers in the vehicle.
the rear seatback. Fold down the
center armrest and pull the latch to It is extremely dangerous to ride
open the door. in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 124. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children. And
A: You could be whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 86 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 87. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause If you are using a rear seating
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. position with a detachable safety
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the belt and the safety belt is not
shoulder and across the chest. attached, see Rear Seats 0 63 for
These parts of the body are best instructions on reconnecting the
able to take belt restraining safety belt to the mini-buckle.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
You can be seriously injured,
straight. To see how, see
or even killed, by not wearing Seats in the Index.
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 72.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull If the webbing locks in the latch height adjuster, move it to the
the belt across you. Do not let plate before it reaches the height that is right for you. See
it get twisted. buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
unlock. later in this section for
The lap-shoulder belt may lock instructions on use and
if you pull the belt across you important safety information.
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
To unlatch the belt, push the button shoulder belt height adjustment
on the buckle. The belt should could reduce the effectiveness of
return to its stowed position. the safety belt in a crash. See How
Always stow the safety belt slowly. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 67.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle. Press the release button and move
the height adjuster to the desired
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster position. The adjuster can be moved
The vehicle has a shoulder belt up by pushing the slide/trim up.
height adjuster for the driver and After the adjuster is set to the
right front passenger seating desired position, try to move it down
positions. without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
Adjust the height so the shoulder position.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Automatic Safety Belt Automatic Safety Belt Tightening Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Tightening System System, a message displays on the Guides
Driver Information Center (DIC). See
The vehicle may have the Automatic Safety Belt Messages 0 150. Other Rear safety belt comfort guides may
Safety Belt Tightening System. safety belt functions are not affected provide added safety belt comfort
Each time the vehicle is started with by the Automatic Safety Belt for older children who have
the front safety belts buckled, the Tightening System. outgrown booster seats and for
system activates once to tighten the some adults. When installed on a
safety belts when the forward Safety Belt Pretensioners shoulder belt, the comfort guide
vehicle speed exceeds the positions the belt away from the
This vehicle has safety belt
threshold for activation. neck and head.
pretensioners for front outboard
The system also activates during occupants. Although the safety belt Comfort guides are available
emergency braking and/or sudden pretensioners cannot be seen, they through your dealer for the rear
driving maneuvers and releases are part of the safety belt assembly. outboard seating positions.
when driving conditions return to They can help tighten the safety Instructions are included with the
normal. belts during the early stages of a guide.
moderate to severe frontal, near
The system turns off whenever frontal, or rear crash if the threshold Safety Belt Use During
Competitive Driving Mode is conditions for pretensioner
activated, and will turn back on activation are met. Safety belt
Pregnancy
when Competitive Driving Mode is pretensioners can also help tighten Safety belts work for everyone,
deactivated. See Competitive the safety belts in a side crash or a including pregnant women. Like all
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series rollover event. occupants, they are more likely to
Only) 0 222. be seriously injured if they do not
Pretensioners work only once. If the
The system will not activate if the wear safety belts.
pretensioners activate in a crash,
Traction Control/Electronic Stability the pretensioners and probably
Control system is not functioning other parts of the vehicle's safety
properly. See Traction Control/ belt system will need to be replaced.
Electronic Stability Control 0 217. See Replacing Safety Belt System
If there is a problem with the Parts after a Crash 0 73.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder
enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt
an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 124.
order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry.
will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 72.
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry.
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
{ Warning
belt. For more information, see the Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a instruction sheet that comes with
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap It may severely weaken them. In
the extender. a crash, they might not be able to
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding, provide adequate protection.
throughout the pregnancy.
Safety System Check Clean safety belts only with mild
Now and then, check that the safety soap and lukewarm water.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety belt reminder light, safety belts,
belt is worn properly, it is more likely buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly.
crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or
anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts
belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system
properly. from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
Safety Belt Extender crash. They can rip apart under
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten impact forces. If a belt is torn or
around you, you should use it. frayed, get a new one right away.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Airbag System
necessary even if the safety belt
System Parts after a system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following
Crash time of the crash. airbags:
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger.
A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver.
A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 124. . A knee airbag for the front
may not properly protect the
outboard passenger.
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a . A seat-mounted side impact
crash. To help make sure the airbag for the driver.
safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact
properly after a crash, have them airbag for the front outboard
inspected and any necessary passenger.
replacements made as soon as . Seat-mounted side impact
possible. airbags for the second row
outboard passengers.
After a minor crash, replacement of . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
safety belts may not be necessary. and the passenger seated
But the safety belt assemblies that directly behind the driver.
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the front
See your dealer to have the safety outboard passenger and the
belt assemblies inspected or passenger seated directly
replaced. behind the front outboard
passenger.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning { Warning
near the deployment opening.
You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any
is on the lower part of the in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting
instrument panel. safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning
For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 76. you in position before and during
side of the seatback closest to Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety
the door. crash helps reduce the chance of belt, even with airbags. The driver
hitting things inside the vehicle or should sit as far back as possible
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. being ejected from it. Airbags are while still maintaining control of
supplemental restraints to the the vehicle. The safety belts and
Airbags are designed to supplement the front outboard passenger
the protection provided by safety safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt airbags are most effective when
belts. Even though today's airbags you are sitting well back and
are also designed to help reduce properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person. upright in the seat with both feet
the risk of injury from the force of an
on the floor.
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job. Occupants should not lean on or
Here are the most important things sleep against the door or side
to know about the airbag system: windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 86 or
Infants and Young Children 0 87.
The driver knee airbag is below the

steering column. The front outboard
passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box.
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
There is an airbag readiness light frontal airbag is in the passenger
on the instrument cluster, which side instrument panel.
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 124 for more information.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Warning (Continued)
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
Never secure anything to the roof
Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
The seat-mounted side impact The second row seat-mounted side by routing a rope or tiedown
airbags for the driver and front impact airbags are in the sides of through any door or window
outboard passenger are in the side the rear seatback closest to opening. If you do, the path of an
of the seatbacks closest to the door. the door. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, blocked.
front outboard passenger, and { Warning
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side If something is between an When Should an Airbag
windows. occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 73.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
or even death. The path of an
impact exceeds the specific airbag
inflating airbag must be kept
system's deployment threshold.
(Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to are not designed to inflate in frontal
to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in impacts, near frontal impacts,
inflate and help restrain the rear impacts, or in many side rollovers, or rear impacts.
occupants. The vehicle has impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag
electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has is designed to inflate on the side of
airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal the vehicle that is struck.
severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology Roof-rail airbags are designed to
thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint inflate in moderate to severe side
vehicle design. according to crash severity. crashes depending on the location
Frontal airbags are designed to Knee airbags are designed to inflate of the impact. In addition, these
inflate in moderate to severe frontal in moderate to severe frontal or roof-rail airbags are designed to
or near frontal crashes to help near frontal impacts. Knee airbags inflate during a rollover or in a
reduce the potential for severe are not designed to inflate during severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
injuries, mainly to the driver's or vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, airbags are not designed to inflate in
front outboard passenger's head or in many side impacts. rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
and chest. will inflate when either side of the
The vehicle also has a seat position vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Whether the frontal airbags will or sensor that enables the sensing
should inflate is not based primarily system predicts that the vehicle is
system to monitor the position of the about to roll over on its side, or in a
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. front outboard passenger seat. The
It depends on what is hit, the severe frontal impact.
passenger seat position sensor and
direction of the impact, and how the passenger safety belt buckle In any particular crash, no one can
quickly the vehicle slows down. provide information that is used to say whether an airbag should have
Frontal airbags may inflate at determine if the passenger knee inflated simply because of the
different crash speeds depending on airbag should inflate. vehicle damage or repair costs.
whether the vehicle hits an object Seat-mounted side impact airbags
straight on or at an angle, and are designed to inflate in moderate
whether the object is fixed or to severe side crashes depending
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow on the location of the impact.
or wide. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags the airbag module may be hot for
are designed to help contain the several minutes. For location of the
Inflate? head and chest of occupants in the airbags, see Where Are the
In a deployment event, the sensing outboard seating positions in the Airbags? 0 75.
system sends an electrical signal first and second rows. The rollover The parts of the airbag that come
triggering a release of gas from the capable roof-rail airbags are into contact with you may be warm,
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of but not too hot to touch. There may
airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover be some smoke and dust coming
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can from the vents in the deflated
and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. airbags. Airbag inflation does not
the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of
For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer
the Airbags? 0 75. because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent
not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle.
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded { Warning
as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there
near frontal collisions, even belted may be dust in the air. This dust
occupants can contact the steering could cause breathing problems
wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after
for people with a history of
moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble.
even belted occupants can contact After the frontal airbags and To avoid this, everyone in the
the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as
Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have
provided by safety belts by quickly that some people may not breathing problems but cannot
distributing the force of the impact even realize an airbag inflated. get out of the vehicle after an
more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least airbag inflates, then get fresh air
occupant's body. partially inflated for some time after
(Continued)
they inflate. Some components of
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
airbag modules and possibly

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
by opening a window or a door. the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
If you experience breathing system, brake and steering
problems following an airbag systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing
deployment, you should seek appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which
medical attention. moderate crash, there may be records information after a
concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 377
The vehicle has a feature that may make it difficult to safely operate
and Event Data
automatically unlock the doors, turn the vehicle.
Recorders 0 377.
on the interior lamps and hazard Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
warning flashers, and shut off the to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
fuel system after the airbags inflate. has occurred.
The feature may also activate, Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
without airbag inflation, after an
In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
event that exceeds a predetermined
inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and broken by vehicle deformation.
turn off the hazard warning flashers Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing
by using the controls for those also occur from the front outboard System
features. passenger airbag.
The vehicle has a passenger
. Airbags are designed to inflate
sensing system for the front
{ Warning only once. After an airbag outboard passenger position. The
inflates, you will need some new passenger airbag status indicator
A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system. will light on the overhead console
the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the when the vehicle is started.
damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
(Continued) to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The passenger sensing system

works with sensors that are part of Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect airbag inflates. This is because
the presence of a properly seated the back of the rear-facing child
occupant and determine if the front restraint would be very close to
outboard passenger frontal airbag the inflating airbag. A child in a
United States forward-facing child restraint can
and knee airbag should be allowed
to inflate or not. be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
According to accident statistics,
and the passenger seat is in a
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in a correct forward position.
child restraint for their weight Even if the passenger sensing
and size. system has turned off the front
Canada and Mexico outboard passenger airbag(s), no
Whenever possible, children aged
The words ON and OFF or the 12 and under should be secured in system is fail-safe. No one can
symbol for on and off will be visible a rear seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not
during the system check. When the deploy under some unusual
system check is complete, either the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
circumstance, even though the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great, airbag(s) are off.
on and off will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child
Indicator 0 125. restraint in the front seat, even if
The passenger sensing system
{ Warning the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
turns off the front outboard A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
passenger frontal airbag and knee restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
airbag, under certain conditions. No or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system. (Continued) (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
that the airbags are off. See

Warning (Continued) Passenger Airbag Status { Warning
Indicator 0 125.
secure child restraints in the rear If the airbag readiness light ever
seat. Consider using another The passenger sensing system is comes on and stays on, it means
vehicle to transport the child designed to turn on the front that something may be wrong
when a rear seat is not available. outboard passenger frontal airbag with the airbag system. To help
and knee airbag anytime the system avoid injury to yourself or others,
senses that a person of adult size is have the vehicle serviced right
The passenger sensing system is sitting properly in the front outboard
designed to turn off the front away. See Airbag Readiness
passenger seat.
outboard passenger airbag and Light 0 124 for more information,
knee airbag if: When the passenger sensing including important safety
system has allowed the airbags to information.
. The front outboard passenger be enabled, the on indicator will light
seat is unoccupied. and stay lit as a reminder that the
. The system determines that an airbags are active. If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
infant is present in a child Child Restraint
For some children, including
restraint. children in child restraints, and for The passenger sensing system is
. A front outboard passenger very small adults, the passenger designed to turn off the front
takes his/her weight off of the sensing system may or may not turn outboard passenger frontal airbag
seat for a period of time. off the front outboard passenger and knee airbag if the system
frontal airbag and knee airbag, determines that an infant is present
. There is a critical problem with depending upon the persons in a child restraint. If a child restraint
the airbag system or the seating posture and body build. has been installed and the on
passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has indicator is lit:
When the passenger sensing outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off.
system has turned off the front wear a safety belt properly
outboard passenger frontal airbag whether or not there is an airbag for 2. Remove the child restraint from
and knee airbag, the off indicator that person. the vehicle.
will light and stay lit to remind you
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
3. Remove any additional items The passenger sensing system properly in the seat. Use the
from the seat such as blankets, may or may not turn off the following steps to allow the system
cushions, seat covers, seat airbags for a child in a child to detect that person and enable the
heaters, or seat massagers. restraint depending upon the front outboard passenger frontal
4. Reinstall the child restraint childs size. It is better to airbag and knee airbag:
following the directions secure the child restraint in a 1. Turn the vehicle off.
provided by the child restraint rear seat. Never put a
rear-facing child restraint in the 2. Remove any additional material
manufacturer and refer to from the seat, such as
Securing Child Restraints front seat, even if the on
indicator is not lit. blankets, cushions, seat
(Front Passenger Seat) 0 98 or covers, seat heaters, or seat
Securing Child Restraints If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers. Also, remove
(Rear Seat) 0 101. Adult-Sized Occupant laptops, or other electronic
5. If, after reinstalling the child devices.
restraint and restarting the 3. Place the seatback in the fully
vehicle, the on indicator is still upright position.
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle 4. Have the person sit upright in
seatback and adjust the seat the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make cushion, with legs comfortably
sure that the vehicle seatback extended.
is not pushing the child 5. Restart the vehicle and have
restraint into the seat cushion. the person remain in this
Also make sure the child position for two to
restraint is not trapped under three minutes after the on
the vehicle head restraint. indicator is lit.
If this happens, adjust the head If a person of adult size is sitting in
restraint. See Head the front outboard passenger seat,
Restraints 0 54. but the off indicator is lit, it could be
6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
A thick layer of additional material, . Liquid pooled on the seat that

{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, has not soaked in may make it
or aftermarket equipment such as more likely that the passenger
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system will turn on the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the passenger frontal airbag and
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system passenger knee airbag while a
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you child restraint or child occupant
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other is on the seat. If the passenger
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when frontal airbag and passenger
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific knee airbag are turned on, the
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to on indicator will be lit.
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84 If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about the seat immediately. If the airbag
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how readiness light is lit, do not install a
the system operates. child restraint or allow anyone to
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the occupy the seat. See Airbag
System Operation performance of the passenger Readiness Light 0 124 for important
sensing system. Here is how: safety information.
Safety belts help keep the
. The passenger sensing system The on indicator may be lit if an
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger object, such as a briefcase,
braking, which helps the passenger frontal airbag and passenger handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
sensing system maintain the knee airbag when liquid is or other electronic device, is put on
passenger airbag status. See soaked into the seat. If this an unoccupied seat. If this is not
Safety Belts and Child Restraints happens, the off indicator will be desired, remove the object from
in the Index for additional lit, and the airbag readiness light the seat.
information about the importance of on the instrument panel will also
proper restraint use. be lit.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish

{ Warning { Warning trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the or airbag wiring.
passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the
passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag Your dealer and the service manual
seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper have information about the location
proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you of the airbag sensors, sensing and
sensing system. are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the In addition, the vehicle has a
Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow passenger sensing system for the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and front outboard passenger position,
make sure the person performing which includes sensors that are part
Airbags affect how the vehicle of the passenger seat. The
should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
passenger sensing system may not
of the airbag system in several operate properly if the original seat
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
information about servicing the GM covers, upholstery, or trim
vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
Information 0 375. metal, may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also
operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the
also be affected by changing or passenger sensing system. This
moving any parts of the front seats, could either prevent proper
safety belts, the airbag sensing and deployment of the passenger
diagnostic module, steering wheel, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
instrument panel, any of the airbag sensing system from properly
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
turning off the passenger airbag(s).

See Passenger Sensing Caution Warning (Continued)
System 0 79.
If an airbag covering is damaged, in serious injury or even death. To
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag help make sure the airbag
airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not systems are working properly
and Wheels 0 319 for additional open or break the airbag after a crash, have them
important information. coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag replacements made as soon as
because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag possible.
you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbags, see Where Are the replace airbag system parts. See
have questions about whether the Airbags? 0 75. See your dealer
airbag system will be affected if the your dealer for service.
for service.
vehicle is modified for any other If the airbag readiness light stays on
reason, call Customer Assistance. after the vehicle is started or comes
See Customer Assistance Replacing Airbag System on when you are driving, the airbag
Offices 0 368. Parts after a Crash system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag System Check Airbag Readiness Light 0 124.
{ Warning
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
Airbag Readiness Light 0 124. not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Q: What is the proper way to
Child Restraints Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts?
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children return to the booster seat.
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or
If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit
belt comfort guide, if equipped. snugly below the hips, just
See Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs.
Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the
0 68. If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the Guides under Lap-Shoulder
booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, Belt 0 68.
vehicle safety belts.
return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young
belt. The belt force would then be Children
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
the vehicle's safety belt system nor

{ Warning its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained
wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
but it cannot do this if it is
possible to hold it during a crash.
{ Warning
wrapped around a childs neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against,
tightened around a childs neck, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when
the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured
to cut it. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing
arms. An infant should be child restraint in the front
Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a
in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear
children to play with the safety seat. It is also better to secure a
belts. forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in
children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always
have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as
appropriate child restraints. Neither far back as it will go.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
restraint will have a label saying

that it meets federal motor Warning (Continued)
vehicle safety standards.
the hip bones, as it should.
The restraint manufacturer Instead, it may settle up around
instructions that come with the the child's abdomen. In a crash,
restraint state the weight and
the belt would apply force on a
height limitations for a particular
body area that is unprotected by
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints any bony structure. This alone
available for children with could cause serious or fatal
special needs. injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate
To reduce the risk of neck and child restraints.
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle head injury in a crash, infants and
owner, are available in four basic toddlers should be secured in a
types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age
restraint should take into two, or until they reach the
consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits
weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint.
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many A young child's hip bones are still
different models available. When so small that the vehicle's regular
purchasing a child restraint, be safety belt may not remain low on
sure it is designed to be used in (Continued)
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child
keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint
copy from the manufacturer.
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning
LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
in this manual.
the vehicle even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
in it. properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, that came with that child restraint.
In some areas of the United States
the child restraint must be secured
and Canada, Certified Child
in the vehicle. Child restraint
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Restraint
and demonstrate how to correctly
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
use and install child restraints. In According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) 0 92. Children can
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint
be endangered in a crash if the child
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating
restraint is not properly secured in
inspection station. For CPST position.
the vehicle.
availability in Canada, check with
When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
that come with the restraint which a rear seating position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
booklet, or both, and to this manual. the front. This is because the risk to
The child restraint instructions are the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
child restraint prevents access to or

{ Warning Warning (Continued) interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to secure the child
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly.
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured
restraint would be very close to 0 79 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a
the inflating airbag. A child in a collision or sudden stop and injure
forward-facing child restraint can people in the vehicle. Be sure to
be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the the vehicle even when no child is
and the passenger seat is in a instructions that came with the child in it.
forward position. restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint during driving or in a crash.
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
LATCH attachments on the child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
restraint are used to attach the child
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints vehicle. The LATCH system is
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag designed to make installation of a
additional passengers or child
is off. If you secure a child restraint easier.
restraints. Adjacent seating
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in
(Continued) your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must Lower Anchors

rear-facing and forward-facing child never be attached using only the top
seats can be properly installed tether.
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
the vehicles safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
Booster seats use the vehicles combined weight is more than
safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or built into the vehicle. There are two
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors lower anchors for each LATCH
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether seating position that will
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this accommodate a child restraint with
case, the safety belt must be used lower attachments (2).
Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to
that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See
and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Front
manual. Passenger Seat) 0 98 or Securing
When installing a child restraint with Child Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 101.
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top H : Seating positions with two
tethers are designed for use with or lower anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint. To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
Lower Anchor and Top Tether lower anchors has two labels, near
Anchor Locations the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of To assist in locating the top tether
the child restraint during driving or in anchors, the top tether anchor
a crash. symbol is on the cover.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I : Seating positions with top
tether to the anchor. tether anchors.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The top tether anchors are behind Securing a Child Restraint

the rear seat, on the filler panel. Designed for the LATCH
Open the covers to access the System
anchors. Be sure to use an anchor
on the same side of the vehicle as
the seating position where the child { Warning
restraint will be placed. If a LATCH-type child restraint is
Do not secure a child restraint in a not attached to anchors, the child
position without a top tether anchor restraint will not be able to protect
if a national or local law requires the child correctly. In a crash, the
that the top tether be attached, or if child could be seriously injured or
the instructions that come with the killed. Install a LATCH-type child
The outboard lower anchors are child restraint say that the top tether restraint properly using the
behind the vertical openings in the must be attached. anchors, or use the vehicle's
seat trim. According to accident statistics, safety belts to secure the
children and infants are safer when restraint, following the instructions
properly restrained in a child that came with the child restraint
restraint system or infant restraint and the instructions in this
system secured in a rear seating manual.
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 91 for additional
information. { Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts seat. Unbuckle and return the
cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position,
to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat.
during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out
could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one
and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see
child restraint after the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 91.
{ Warning restraint has been installed.
This system is designed to make
Children can be seriously injured the installation of child restraints
or strangled if a shoulder belt is easier. When using lower anchors,
Caution do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicles safety belts. This may
restraints also use another vehicle
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
anchor to secure a top tether.
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH 1. Attach and tighten the lower
the way back into the retractor, attachments. attachments to the lower
but it cannot do this if it is anchors. If the child restraint
Do not fold the rear seatback does not have lower
wrapped around a childs neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not
If the shoulder belt is locked and attachments or the desired
fold the empty rear seat with a seating position does not have
tightened around a childs neck, safety belt buckled. This could lower anchors, secure the child
the only way to loosen the belt is damage the safety belt or the restraint with the top tether and
to cut it.
(Continued) the safety belts. Refer to your
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
child restraint manufacturer 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten

instructions and the the top tether according to
instructions in this manual. your child restraint
1.1. Find the lower anchors for instructions and the
the desired seating following instructions:
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the If the position you are
lower attachments on the using does not have a
child restraint to the lower headrest or head restraint
anchors. and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
2. If the child restraint
over the seatback.
manufacturer recommends that
If the position you are
the top tether be attached,
using does not have a
attach and tighten the top
headrest or head restraint
tether to the top tether anchor,
and you are using a single
if equipped. Refer to the child
tether, route the tether
restraint instructions and the
over the seatback.
following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Open the top tether
anchor cover to expose
the anchor. If the position you are
using has an adjustable
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, raise the headrest
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
or head restraint and route at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be
the tether under the to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH
headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should system was not being used at the
and in between the be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of time of the crash.
headrest or head restraint movement for proper
posts. installation. Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
Replacing LATCH System
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
Parts After a Crash seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
{ Warning Where to Put the Restraint 0 91.
A crash can damage the LATCH In addition, the vehicle has a
system in the vehicle. A damaged passenger sensing system which is
LATCH system may not properly designed to turn off the front
secure the child restraint, outboard passenger frontal airbag
If the position you are and knee airbag under certain
using has an adjustable resulting in serious injury or even
conditions. See Passenger Sensing
headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make
System 0 79 and Passenger Airbag
and you are using a dual sure the LATCH system is
Status Indicator 0 125.
tether, raise the headrest working properly after a crash,
or head restraint and route see your dealer to have the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the tether under the system inspected and any the front. This is because the risk to
headrest or head restraint necessary replacements made as the rear-facing child is so great,
and around the headrest soon as possible. if the airbag deploys.
or head restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system
child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a
securely held in place. To crash, new LATCH system parts
check, grasp the child restraint may be needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat rearward as far
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a back as it will go and raise the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. seat upward as far up as it will
go, before securing the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 79 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously When the passenger sensing
injured or killed if the front system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top outboard passenger frontal
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and airbag and knee airbag, the off
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH indicator on the passenger
System) 0 92 for top tether anchor airbag status indicator should
Even if the passenger sensing locations. light and stay lit when you start
system has turned off the front the vehicle. See Passenger
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger airbag(s), no Airbag Status Indicator 0 125.
position without a top tether anchor
system is fail-safe. No one can
if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on
guarantee that an airbag will not that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat.
inflate under some unusual the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. of the vehicle's safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that through or around the restraint.
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have The child restraint instructions
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be will show you how.
(Continued) attached.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
belt if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the back into the retractor. When
way out of the retractor to set installing a forward-facing child
the lock. When the retractor restraint, it may be helpful to
lock is set, the belt can be use your knee to push down on
tightened but not pulled out of the child restraint as you
the retractor. tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
4. Push the latch plate into the Steps 5 and 6.
buckle until it clicks.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
7. Before placing a child in the Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraints have
securely held in place. To
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
check, grasp the child restraint When securing a child restraint in a attached.
at the safety belt path and rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat
attempt to move it side to side instructions that came with the child position does not have the LATCH
and back and forth. When the restraint to make sure it is system, you will be using the safety
child restraint is properly compatible with this vehicle. belt to secure the child restraint in
installed, there should be no this position. Be sure to follow the
If the child restraint has the LATCH
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of instructions that came with the child
system, see Lower Anchors and
movement. restraint. Secure the child in the
Tethers for Children (LATCH
If the airbags are off, the off System) 0 92 for how and where to child restraint when and as the
indicator in the passenger airbag install the child restraint using instructions say.
status indicator will come on and LATCH. If a child restraint is secured If more than one child restraint
stay on when the vehicle is started. in the vehicle using a safety belt needs to be installed in the rear
If a child restraint has been installed and it uses a top tether, see Lower seat, be sure to read Where to Put
and the on indicator is lit, see If the Anchors and Tethers for Children the Restraint 0 91.
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child (LATCH System) 0 92 for top tether
anchor locations. 1. Put the child restraint on
Restraint under Passenger Sensing the seat.
System 0 79. Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
To remove the child restraint, the lap and shoulder portions
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if of the vehicle safety belt
let it return to the stowed position. through or around the restraint.
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap The child restraint instructions
must be anchored. will show you how.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks. If the latch
plate will not go fully into the
buckle, check if the correct
buckle is being used.
if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 5. To tighten the belt, push down
belt, if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set Try to pull the belt out of the
the lock. When the retractor retractor to make sure the
lock is set, the belt can be retractor is locked. If the
tightened but not pulled out of retractor is not locked, repeat
the retractor. Steps 4 and 5.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 92 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
104 Storage
Storage Storage Touch the bottom of the climate

control system panel until the door
Compartments automatically starts to open. The
storage area may contain a USB
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 104 { Warning port. See the infotainment manual.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 104 Keep the storage area door closed
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Do not store heavy or sharp while driving.
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may Touch the bottom of the climate
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 control system again until the door
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 105 cause the cover to open and
automatically starts to close.
could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Glove Box
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Instrument Panel Storage
To open, press the button. Close the

glove box manually.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Storage 105
Cupholders Power Retractable Cover Center Console Storage

Anti-Pinch Feature
If any object is in the path of the
power cover when it is active, the
cover will stop at the obstruction
and auto-reverse to a preset
position. The cover will return to
normal operation after the
obstruction is removed.
Armrest Storage
Cupholders in the front center Press the button to access the

console have a power retractable storage area in front of the armrest
cover. Push the handle forward to cover.
express open. Pull the handle Press the button on the driver side
rearward to express close. of the cover to access the storage
The power cover will operate when area under the armrest. There are
the vehicle door is opened and in two USB ports, a power outlet, and
ACC, RUN, or Retained Accessory an input jack inside.
Power (RAP) mode. The cover can
be opened or closed manually by
pushing or pulling the handle. See Pull the armrest down to access the
Retained Accessory Power rear seat storage area and
(RAP) 0 207. cupholders.
Press the latch to open the
storage area.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
106 Storage
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
If equipped, press the top of the

door to open the storage area on
the rear of the center console.
If equipped, there is a power outlet
inside.
The cargo tie-downs can be used to

secure small loads inside the trunk.
Convenience Net
If equipped, the convenience net is
in the rear. Put small loads behind
the net. It can also be positioned
into an envelope style to hold
smaller items. The net is not for
heavier loads. Store items as far
forward as you can.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Instruments and Controls 107
Instruments and Engine Oil Temperature Gauge

(Performance
Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
133
133
Controls Configuration Only) . . . . . . . . . 122
Engine Coolant Temperature
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Forward Lighting
133
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 124 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 134
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 108 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 124 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 134
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 109 Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 109 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 126 Information Displays
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Driver Information
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 109 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 126 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 137
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Brake System Warning
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Vehicle Messages
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . 128 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Service Electric Parking Brake Battery Voltage and Charging
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Indicators Antilock Brake System (ABS) Brake System Messages . . . . . 141
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 142
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 142
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 143
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 130 Engine Cooling System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 130 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 143
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Engine Power Messages . . . . . 144
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 144
Boost Gauge (Performance Engine Coolant Temperature Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 144
Configuration Only) . . . . . . . . . 121 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Object Detection System
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 132 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 132
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
108 Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System Controls Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Airbag System Messages . . . . 150
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 150 Steering Wheel
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Adjustment
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 151
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 152
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 152
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 152
Vehicle Personalization If equipped, the control is on the left
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 153 side of the steering column.
. Push the control up or down to
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 160 tilt the steering wheel up
To adjust the steering wheel: or down.
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 1. Pull the lever down. . Push the control forward or
Universal Remote System 2. Move the steering wheel up rearward to move the steering
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 or down. wheel toward the front or rear of
the vehicle.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place. To set the power tilt wheel memory
position, see Memory Seats 0 60.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Steering Wheel Controls Horn INT (Intermittent Wipes/Rainsense

Wipe Sensitivity Control) : If
The infotainment system can be Press a on the steering wheel pad Rainsense is turned off, move the
operated by using the steering to sound the horn. lever up to INT for intermittent
wheel controls. See "Steering
wipes, then turn the x INT band
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment Windshield Wiper/Washer
manual. up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes. If Rainsense
is turned on, see Rainsense later
Heated Steering Wheel in this section.
If the windshield wipers are in use
for a while when driving, the exterior
lamps come on automatically if the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
With the ignition in ACC/ See Wiper-Activated Headlamps
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, later in this section.
move the windshield wiper lever to OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
select the wiper speed.
1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly
HI : Use for fast wipes. move the wiper lever down. For
( (Heated Steering Wheel, If LO : Use for slow wipes. several wipes, hold the wiper
Equipped) : Press to turn the lever down.
heated steering wheel on or off. Clear snow and ice from the wiper
A light next to the button displays blades and windshield before using
when the feature is turned on. them. If frozen to the windshield,
The steering wheel takes about carefully loosen or thaw them.
three minutes to be fully heated. Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 290.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Keep this area of the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables
wiper motor. See Electrical System clear of debris to allow for best the automatic Rainsense windshield
Overload 0 293. system performance. wipers.
Wiper Parking INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity With Rainsense, if the transmission
Control) : When enabled, move the is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
If the ignition is put in OFF while the windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn speed is very slow, the wipers will
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they automatically stop at the base of the
will immediately stop. the x INT band on the wiper lever
to adjust the sensitivity. windshield.
If the windshield wiper lever is then The wiper operations return to
moved to OFF before the driver normal when the transmission is no
door is opened or within 10 minutes, longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
the wipers will restart and move to speed has increased.
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
n L (Windshield Washer) : Pull
the windshield wiper lever toward
wipers are performing wipes due to you to spray windshield washer fluid
windshield washing or Rainsense . Turn the band up for more and activate the wipers. The wipers
wipes, the wipers continue to run sensitivity to moisture. will continue until the lever is
until they reach the base of the released or the maximum wash time
windshield. . Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture. is reached. When the windshield
Rainsense wiper lever is released, additional
. Move the windshield wiper lever wipes may occur depending on how
If equipped, there is a sensor near out of the INT position to long the windshield washer had
the top center of the windshield deactivate Rainsense. been activated. See Washer Fluid
detects the amount of water on the 0 284 for information on filling the
windshield and controls the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
frequency of the windshield wiper. If equipped with wiper arm assembly
To turn this feature on or off, see protection, when using an automatic
Rain Sense Wipers under Vehicle car wash, move the windshield
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
from the Global Positioning Setting the Clock

{ Warning System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak, and vehicle speed Time
In freezing weather, do not use information. To set the time:
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer The compass system is designed to 1. From the Home Page, touch
fluid can form ice on the operate for a certain number of the SETTINGS screen button,
windshield, blocking your vision. miles or degrees of turn before then touch Time and Date.
needing a signal from the GPS
2. Touch Set Time, then touch +
satellites. When the compass
Wiper-Activated Headlamps or to increase or decrease
display shows CAL, drive the
hours or minutes, and change
This feature activates the vehicle for a short distance in an
AM or PM.
headlamps and parking lamps after open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system 3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or
the windshield wipers have been in
will automatically determine when a 24 hour clock.
use for a while. The transition time
GPS signal is restored and provide
for the lamps coming on varies
a heading again. See Compass 4. Touch [ Back to go back to the
based on the wiper speed. For this previous menu.
feature to work, the exterior lamp Messages 0 142 for the messages
control must be in AUTO. that may be displayed for the Date
compass.
The wiper-activated headlamps To set the date:
immediately turn off when the Clock 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen
ignition is turned to LOCK/OFF, button, then touch Time
or the windshield wiper control is The infotainment system controls and Date.
turned off. are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu 2. Touch Set Date, then touch +
system. See Home Page in the or to increase or decrease
Compass month, day, or year.
infotainment manual for information
The vehicle may have a compass about how to use the menu system.
display on the Driver Information 3. Touch [ Back to go back to the
Center (DIC). The compass receives previous menu.
its heading and other information
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Auto Set 2. Touch Clock Display, then Lift the cover to access the
When on, the time and date will select Off or On. accessory power outlet.
automatically update. 3. Touch [ Back to go back to the Certain electrical accessories may
To set auto set: previous menu. not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen overload a vehicle circuit breaker or
button, then touch Time Power Outlets adapter fuse. If overloaded, the
and Date. Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct circuit breaker will reset after all
2. Touch Set Time or Set Date. Current devices are disconnected or if
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
3. Touch Auto Set, then select Accessory power outlets can be
turned off and then back on. See
On-Cell Network or Off-Manual used to plug in electrical equipment,
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
to manually set the time such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
0 207. Wait one minute to allow the
and date. The vehicle has three 12-volt circuit breaker to reset before
4. Touch [ Back to go back to the accessory power outlets: reconnecting devices or turning
previous menu. . Inside the center console RAP back on. If the problem
storage in front of the armrest continues, the issue could be within
If auto set is on, the time displayed your device. Try another known
cover.
on the clock may not update good device to make sure the circuit
immediately when driving into a new . Inside the storage area under breaker is operating properly. If this
time zone. the armrest cover. does not resolve your problem, see
Clock Display . Inside the storage area on the your dealer.
rear of the center console, It is possible to replace the factory
When on, the digital clock will if equipped.
display on the infotainment screen. power outlet with a cigar lighter
These outlets are powered while the receptacle, if desired. This requires
To set the clock display: vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or the factory installed circuit breaker
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until to be replaced with a standard
button, then touch Time the driver door is opened within minifuse by the dealer. A minifuse
and Date. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. will not reset and will have to be
replace if blown.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Caution Caution
Failure to replace the circuit Hanging heavy equipment from
breaker with the minifuse could the power outlet can cause
overheat the cigar lighter and damage not covered by the
damage the vehicle. vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
When adding electrical equipment, accessory power plugs only, such
be sure to follow the proper as cell phone charge cords.
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Electrical Equipment 0 260. Alternating Current An indicator light on the outlet turns
If equipped, this power outlet is on to show it is in use. The light
Caution comes on when the ignition is in
inside the center console. It can be
used to plug in electrical equipment ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
Adding any electrical equipment than 150 watts is plugged into the
to the vehicle may damage it or that uses a maximum limit of 150
watts. outlet, and no system fault is
keep other components from detected.
working as they should. The
The indicator light does not come on
repairs would not be covered by
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
the vehicle warranty. Do not use if the equipment is not fully seated
equipment exceeding into the outlet.
maximum amperage rating of
15 amperes. Check with your If equipment is connected using
dealer before adding electrical more than 150 watts or a system
equipment. fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
back in or turn the Retained See Instrument Panel Storage charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
Accessory Power (RAP) off and 0 104. The system wirelessly See Retained Accessory Power
then back on. See Retained charges one PMA or Qi compatible (RAP) 0 207.
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 207. The mobile device. The operating temperature is 20 C
power restarts when equipment To check for phone or other device (4 F) to 60 C (140 F) for the
using 150 watts or less is plugged compatibility: charging system and 0 C (32 F) to
into the outlet and a system fault is 35 C (95 F) for the phone.
not detected. . In the U.S., see my.cadillac.com/
learn.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following and may not work . In Canada, see { Warning
properly, if this equipment is gmtotalconnect.ca. Remove all metal objects from the
plugged in: charging pad before charging
. Equipment with high initial peak { Warning your mobile device. Metal objects,
wattage such as: such as coins, keys, rings,
Wireless charging can affect the or paper clips, between the phone
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools. operation of an implanted and charging pad will become
pacemaker or other medical very hot. On the rare occasion
. Other equipment requiring an devices. If you have one, it is
extremely stable power supply that the charging system does not
recommended to consult with detect a metal object, and the
such as: your doctor before using the
microcomputer-controlled object gets wedged between the
wireless charging system. phone and charger, remove the
electric blankets, touch sensor
lamps, etc. phone and allow the metallic
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN/ object to cool before removing it
. Medical equipment.
START, ACC/ACCESSORY, from the charging pad, to prevent
or Retained Accessory Power burns.
Wireless Charging (RAP). The wireless charging
The vehicle may have wireless feature may not correctly indicate
charging in the storage behind the
climate control system.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
2. Remove all objects from the Warning Lights,

charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any Gauges, and
objects on the charging pad.
Indicators
3. Place the mobile device face
Warning lights and gauges can
up on the @ symbol on the signal that something is wrong
charging pad. before it becomes serious enough
4. The ~ will display on the V to cause an expensive repair or
on the infotainment screen. replacement. Paying attention to the
This indicates that the mobile warning lights and gauges could
device is properly positioned prevent injury.
and charging. If a phone is Some warning lights come on briefly
placed on the charging pad when the engine is started to
and ~ does not display, indicate they are working. When
remove the phone from the one of the warning lights comes on
pad, turn 180 degrees and wait and stays on while driving, or when
three seconds before placing/ one of the gauges shows there may
aligning the phone on the pad be a problem, check the section that
again. explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
Keep the storage door closed while dangerous.
driving.
To charge a mobile device:

1. Open the climate control
system panel.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Instrument Cluster
English Base Cluster with Auto Stop Shown, Metric Similar

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Reconfigurable Instrument Use the five-way control on the right

Cluster side of the steering wheel to move
between the different display zones
The uplevel cluster display layout and scroll through the different
can be changed. displays.
To change the cluster configuration:
1. Find the Options page in one of
the interactive display zones on
Enhanced Configuration the cluster.
The Enhanced configuration has 2. Press SEL to enter the
three interactive display zones. Options menu.
3. Scroll down to highlight Display
Balanced Configuration Layout. Then press SEL to
select it.
The Balanced configuration has
three interactive display zones: one 4. Each layout in the menu is
in the center of each of the gauges. represented by a small preview
image of the display layout.
Scroll up or down and highlight
the selection. Press SEL to
select the desired cluster
Performance Configuration (CTS-V
configuration.
Series and V Sport Only)
5. Exit the Display Layout menu
The Performance configuration has
two interactive display zones. by pressing S.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Cluster Application Displays or scroll through contacts. If there is Primary and SEEK Primary. This
an active call, mute the phone or selection allows for configuration of
The cluster can display information
switch to handset operation. the C and B steering wheel
regarding Navigation, Audio, and
Phone. On the base cluster, a Cluster Options Menu controls. When FAV Primary is
speedometer can also be displayed selected, pressing C and B will go
in the center zone. To enter the cluster Options menu:
to the next or previous favorite and
1. Use the five-way control on the pressing and holding C and B will
Navigation right side of the steering wheel seek. When SEEK Primary is
If there is no active route, a to find the Options page in one
compass will be displayed. If there of the interactive display zones selected, pressing C and B will
is an active route, press SEL to end on the cluster. seek and pressing and holding C
route guidance or turn the voice 2. Press SEL on the center of the and B will go to the next or
prompts on or off. five-way control to enter the previous favorite.
Audio Options menu. Display Layout : Press SEL while
While the Audio application page is Units : Press SEL while Units is Display Layout is highlighted to
displayed, press SEL to enter the highlighted to enter the Unit menu. change the configuration of the
Audio menu. In the Audio menu, Choose English or metric units by uplevel cluster. See Reconfigurable
search for music, select from pressing SEL while the desired item Instrument Cluster earlier in this
favorites, or change the audio is highlighted. A checkmark will be section.
source displayed next to the selected item. Open Source Software : Press
Phone Info Pages : Press SEL while Info SEL while Open Source Software is
Pages is highlighted to select the highlighted to display open source
While the Phone application page is items to be displayed in the DIC info software information.
displayed, press SEL to enter the displays. See Driver Information
Phone menu. In the Phone menu, Center (DIC) 0 135.
if there is no active phone call, view
recent calls, select from favorites, Fav Button Options : Press SEL
while Fav Button Options is
highlighted to select between FAV
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Speedometer tachometer indicates the vehicle Fuel Gauge

status. When pointing to AUTO
The speedometer shows the STOP, the engine is off but the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers vehicle is on and can move. The
per hour (km/h) or miles per engine could auto start at any time.
hour (mph). When the indicator points to OFF,
the vehicle is off.
Odometer When the engine is on, the
The odometer shows how far the tachometer will indicate the engines
vehicle has been driven, in either revolutions per minute (rpm). The
kilometers or miles. tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpms, during Auto Stop
Trip Odometer mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
The trip odometer shows how far Base Level
the vehicle has been driven since A slight bump may be felt when the
the trip odometer was last reset. transmission is determining the
most fuel efficient operating range.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver Caution
Information Center (DIC) 0 135.
If the engine is operated with the
rpms in the warning area at the
Tachometer high end of the tachometer, the
The tachometer displays the engine vehicle could be damaged, and
speed in revolutions per the damage would not be covered
minute (rpm). by the vehicle warranty. Do not
On the base cluster, if the vehicle operate the engine with the rpms
has the Stop/Start system, when the in the warning area.
ignition is in ON/RUN, the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. At the service station, the fuel Boost Gauge
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
(Performance
. It takes a little more or less fuel
Configuration Only)
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
Uplevel Balanced Configuration
turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge indicates about how much
to stabilize after the ignition is
fuel is left in the tank.
turned on, and goes back to Metric
There is an arrow near the fuel empty when the ignition is
gauge pointing to the side of the turned off.
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Engine Oil Temperature

Gauge (Performance
Configuration Only)
English English
This gauge indicates boost under This gauge shows the engine oil
heavier throttle. temperature.
It displays the air pressure level in Metric If the gauge pointer moves into the
the intake manifold before it enters high end, it means that the engine
the engine's combustion chamber. oil has overheated. If the vehicle
The gauge is automatically centered has been operated under normal
at zero every time the engine is driving conditions, pull off the road,
started. Actual boost is displayed stop the vehicle, and turn off the
from this zero point. Changes in engine as soon as possible.
ambient pressure, such as driving in See Engine Oil 0 272.
mountains and changing weather,
will slightly change the zero reading.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
English Base Level English Uplevel Balanced

Configuration Shown
Metric Base Level This gauge measures the

temperature of the vehicle's engine.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red area, the engine
is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
Metric Uplevel Balanced

Configuration Shown
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other
Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light and/or chime, remove
Light There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle
reminder light near the passenger the safety belt.
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 79.
cluster. Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the
light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag
on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays System 0 73.
their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
becomes unbuckled while the moving.
vehicle is moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
neither the light nor the chime light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on
comes on. for several seconds when the
The front passenger safety belt vehicle is started. If the light does
reminder light and chime may turn not come on then, have it fixed
on if an object is put on the seat immediately.
such as a briefcase, handbag,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
outboard passenger frontal airbag

{ Warning and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or If the word OFF or the off symbol is
comes on while driving, it means lit on the airbag status indicator, it
the airbag system might not be means that the passenger sensing
working properly. The airbags in United States system has turned off the front
the vehicle might not inflate in a outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid If, after several seconds, both status
injury, have the vehicle serviced indicator lights remain on, or if there
right away. are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
Canada and Mexico passenger sensing system. See
If there is a problem with the airbag your dealer for service.
system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
{ Warning
Messages 0 150. for on and off for several seconds If the airbag readiness light ever
as a system check. Then, after comes on and stays on, it means
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status that something may be wrong
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF, with the airbag system. To help
or the on or off symbol to let you avoid injury to yourself or others,
The vehicle has a passenger know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger have the vehicle serviced right
outboard passenger frontal airbag
Sensing System 0 79 for important away. See Airbag Readiness
and knee airbag.
safety information. The passenger Light 0 124 for more information,
airbag status indicator is in the If the word ON or the on symbol is including important safety
overhead console. lit on the passenger airbag status information.
indicator, it means that the front
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven Malfunctions are often indicated by
with the light on, be sure to turn off the system before any problem is
all accessories, such as the radio noticeable. Being aware of the light
and air conditioner. and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Caution
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually
On some vehicles the charging
This light is part of the vehicles with this light on, the emission
system light comes on briefly when
emission control on-board control system may not work as
the ignition is turned on, but the
engine is not running, as a check to diagnostic system. If this light is on well, the fuel economy may be
show the light is working. It should while the engine is running, a lower, and the vehicle may not
go out when the engine is started. malfunction has been detected and run smoothly. This could lead to
For vehicles with a reconfigurable the vehicle may require service. The costly repairs that might not be
cluster, this light may not come on light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
when the ignition is turned on. is working when the ignition is in
Service Only Mode. See Ignition
If the light stays on, or comes on Positions 0 203.
while driving, there may be a Caution
problem with the electrical charging Modifications to the engine,
system. Have it checked by your transmission, exhaust, intake,
dealer. Driving while this light is on
or fuel system, or the use of
could drain the battery.
replacement tires that do not
When this light comes on, or is meet the original tire
flashing, the Driver Information specifications, can cause this light
Center (DIC) also displays a to come on. This could lead to
message. costly repairs not covered by the
See Battery Voltage and Charging (Continued)
Messages 0 141.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
previous guidelines and see your least one full tank of the proper
Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as fuel to turn the light off. See
possible. Fuel 0 251.
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicles ability to pass If the light is on steady : A If the light remains on, see your
an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected. dealer.
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be
required. Emissions Inspection and
Accessories and Maintenance Programs
Modifications 0 262. Check the following:
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
. If fuel has been added to the Inspection/Maintenance test, the
If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless funnel test equipment will likely connect to
malfunction has been detected that adapter, make sure that it has the vehicle's Data Link
could damage the emission control been removed. See Filling the Connector (DLC).
system and increase vehicle Tank with a Portable Gas Can
emissions. Diagnosis and service under Filling the Tank 0 253.
may be required. The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
To help prevent damage, reduce
left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard
allowing fuel to evaporate into
accelerations and uphill grades.
the atmosphere. A few driving
If towing a trailer, reduce the
trips with the adapter removed
amount of cargo being hauled as
may turn off the light. The DLC is under the instrument
soon as possible.
. Poor fuel quality can cause panel to the left of the steering
If the light continues to flash, find a wheel. Connecting devices that are
inefficient engine operation and
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle not used to perform an Emissions
poor driveability, which may go
off and wait at least 10 seconds Inspection/Maintenance test or to
away once the engine is warmed
before restarting the engine. If the service the vehicle may affect
up. If this occurs, change the
light is still flashing, follow the vehicle operation. See Add-On
fuel brand. It may require at
Electrical Equipment 0 260. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking Warning (Continued)
. The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
be working. Driving with the brake system
is running. warning light on can lead to a
. The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there crash. If the light is still on after
when the ignition is in Service is a brake problem. Have the brake the vehicle has been pulled off
Only Mode. system inspected right away. the road and carefully stopped,
. Critical emission control systems have the vehicle towed for
have not been completely service.
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for Parking Brake Light
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving Metric English
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if This light should come on briefly
the 12-volt battery has recently when the engine is started. If it does
been replaced or run down, or if not come on then, have it fixed so it
the vehicle has been recently will be ready to warn you if there is Metric English
serviced. a problem.
See your dealer if the vehicle will If the light comes on and stays on, This light comes on when the
not pass or cannot be made ready there is a brake problem. parking brake is applied. If the light
for the test. continues flashing after the parking
Brake System Warning

{ Warning brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
The brake system might not be Parking Brake system or another
Light system. A message may also
working properly if the brake
The vehicle brake system consists system warning light is on. display in the Driver Information
of two hydraulic circuits. If one Center (DIC). See Brake System
circuit is not working, the remaining (Continued) Messages 0 141.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
If the light does not come on, displays in the Driver Information If the ABS light is the only light on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer. Center (DIC), see Brake System the vehicle has regular brakes, but
Messages 0 141. the antilock brakes are not
Service Electric Parking functioning.
Brake Light Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake
(ABS) Warning Light system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 128 and Brake System
On some vehicles the service Messages 0 141.
electric parking brake light should This light comes on briefly when the
come on briefly when the vehicle is engine is started. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
in ON/RUN. If it does not come on, If the light does not come on, have it Light
have it fixed so it will be ready to fixed so it will be ready to warn if
warn if there is a problem. For there is a problem.
vehicles with the reconfigurable
cluster, this light may not come on If the light comes on while driving,
when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
If this light stays on, there is a the engine again to reset the
problem with a system on the system. If the ABS light stays on,
vehicle that is causing the parking or comes on again while driving, the For some vehicles, this light comes
brake system to work at a reduced vehicle needs service. A chime may on briefly while starting the vehicle.
level. The vehicle can still be driven, also sound when the light comes on If it does not come on, have the
but should be taken to a dealer as steady. vehicle serviced.
soon as possible. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 215. If a message
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
For vehicles with the uplevel cluster, If equipped, this indicator will The traction off light comes on when
this light may not come on when display green when a vehicle is the Traction Control System (TCS)
starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when has been turned off by pressing and
This light is green if LKA is available you are following a vehicle ahead releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
to assist. much too closely. button.
LKA may assist by gently turning See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
the steering wheel if the vehicle System 0 243. light come on when StabiliTrak is
approaches a detected lane marking turned off.
without using the turn signal in that Traction Off Light If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
direction. The LKA light will turn limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
amber. See Traction Control/Electronic
This light is amber and flashes as a Stability Control 0 217.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane StabiliTrak OFF Light
marking has been crossed.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 249. This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
Vehicle Ahead Indicator have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off. For vehicles with a
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in This light comes on briefly while
the display area and it may not starting the engine. If it does not,
come on when the ignition is have the vehicle serviced by your
turned on. dealer.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the is working normally the indicator
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak light goes off. For vehicles with the
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC reconfigurable cluster, this light may
Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the not come on when starting the
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which vehicle.
system does not assist in controlling feature(s) is no longer functioning
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and and whether the vehicle requires Caution
the StabiliTrak systems, and the service.
warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the The engine coolant temperature
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system warning light indicates that the
See Traction Control/Electronic vehicle has overheated. Driving
Stability Control 0 217. is actively working.
with this light on can damage the
See Traction Control/Electronic engine and it may not be covered
Traction Control System Stability Control 0 217.
by the vehicle warranty. See
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Engine Overheating 0 282.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning The engine coolant temperature
Light warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens pull over and turn off
the engine as soon as possible. See
This light comes on briefly when the Engine Overheating 0 282.
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. On some vehicles this light comes
If the system is working normally, on briefly while starting the vehicle.
the indicator light turns off. If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 312. come on, have the vehicle serviced
Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer.
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through
about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer.
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil
underinflated. low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light
A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered
tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check
display. See Tire Messages 0 151. the oil level as soon as possible.
Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil
inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range
shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low,
Information label. See Tire have the vehicle serviced. Always
Pressure 0 309. follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working. For vehicles with a
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in On some vehicles the immobilizer IntelliBeam Light
the display area and may not come light should come on briefly as the
on when the ignition is turned on. engine is started. If it does not come
It also comes on when the fuel tank on, have the vehicle serviced by
is low on fuel. The light turns off your dealer. If the system is working
when fuel is added. If it does not, normally, the indicator light turns off.
have the vehicle serviced. For vehicles with the reconfigurable
cluster, this light may not come on
when the engine is started.
Auto Stop Mode This light comes on when the
If the light stays on and the engine IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
does not start, there could be a enabled.
problem with the theft-deterrent
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164.
system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 45.
Adaptive Forward
High-Beam On Light Lighting (AFL) Light
This light comes on when the
engine is in an Auto Stop.
See Starting the Engine 0 205.
Security Light
This light comes on when the This light should come on briefly as
high-beam headlamps are in use. the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam by your dealer. For vehicles with a
Changer 0 166. reconfigurable cluster, this light is in
the display area and may not come
on when the ignition is turned on.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
This light comes on solid when The cruise control light is white Door Ajar Light
there is a problem with the AFL when the cruise control is on and
system. It flashes when the system ready, and turns green when the
is switching between lighting cruise control is set and active.
modes. See Adaptive Forward See Cruise Control 0 225.
Lighting (AFL) 0 168.
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
Lamps On Reminder
This light is white when the Adaptive

For vehicles equipped with this light,
This light comes on when the Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
it comes on when a door is open or
exterior lamps are in use. See on and ready, and turns green when
not securely latched. Before driving,
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. the ACC is set and active. See
check that all doors are properly
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 228.
closed. See Door Ajar Messages
Cruise Control Light 0 143 for more information.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Information Displays S or T : Press to move between DIC Information Displays

the interactive display zones in the The following is the list of all
Driver Information cluster. Press S to go back to the possible DIC information displays.
Center (DIC) previous menu. Some of the information displays
SEL (Select) : Press to open a may not be available for your
The DIC displays are shown in the particular vehicle.
menu or select a menu item. Press
left and right interactive display
and hold to reset values on certain Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
zones on the instrument cluster. The
screens. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
displays show the status of many
miles per hour (mph).
vehicle systems. The controls for DIC Information Display
the DIC are on the right steering Options Trip 1 and Trip 2 (Base Cluster) /
wheel control. Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average Fuel
The information displays on the DIC Economy (Uplevel Cluster) :
can be turned on or off through the Shows the current distance traveled,
Options menu. in either kilometers (km) or
1. Press SEL while viewing the miles (mi), since the trip odometer
Options page in the center was last reset. The trip odometer
display zone on the cluster. can be reset by pressing and
holding SEL while this display is
2. Scroll to Info Pages and active.
press SEL.
The average fuel economy shows
3. Press y or z to move the approximate average liters per
through the list of possible 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
information displays. per gallon (mpg). This number is
4. Press SEL while an item is calculated based on the number of
highlighted to select or L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
y or z : Press to move up or deselect that item. When an last time this menu item was reset.
down in a list. item is selected, a checkmark This number reflects only the
will appear next to it. approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
will change as driving conditions Economy can be reset by pressing active and the timer is running. To
change. The Average Fuel and holding SEL while this display reset the timer to zero, press and
Economy can be reset along with is active. hold SEL while this display is active.
the trip odometer by pressing and Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Compass (Base Cluster) : On
holding SEL while this display is Shows the current fuel economy in some vehicles, shows the direction
active. either liters per 100 kilometers the vehicle is driving.
Fuel Range : Shows the (L/100 km) or miles per Turn Arrow : Shows the next
approximate distance the vehicle gallon (mpg). This number reflects maneuver when using route
can be driven without refueling. only the approximate fuel economy guidance.
LOW will be displayed when the that the vehicle has right now and
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel changes frequently as driving Estimated Time to Arrival : Shows
range estimate is based on an conditions change. the estimated time until arrival at
average of the vehicle's fuel your destination.
Average Speed : Shows the
economy over recent driving history average speed of the vehicle in Distance to Destination : Shows
and the amount of fuel remaining in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles the distance to the destination when
the fuel tank. per hour (mph). This average is using route guidance.
Average Fuel Economy (Base calculated based on the various Speed Limit : Shows the current
Cluster) : Shows the approximate vehicle speeds recorded since the speed limit on vehicles with the
average liters per 100 kilometers last reset of this value. The average navigation system. The information
(L/100 km) or miles per speed can be reset by pressing and for this page comes from a roadway
gallon (mpg). This number is holding SEL while this display is database.
calculated based on the number of active.
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the Speed Warning : Allows the driver
Timer : This display can be used as to set a speed that they do not want
last time this menu item was reset. a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
This number reflects only the to exceed. To set the Speed
while this display is active. The Warning, press SEL when Speed
approximate average fuel economy display will show the amount of time
that the vehicle has right now, and Warning is displayed. Press y or
that has passed since the timer was
will change as driving conditions last reset. To stop the timer, press z to adjust the value. This feature
change. The Average Fuel SEL briefly while this display is can be turned off by pressing and
holding SEL while viewing this
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
page. If the selected speed limit is Engine Boost : Shows the current seconds while the Oil Life display is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is amount of boost being added. active. See Engine Oil Life
displayed and a chime may sound. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the System 0 274.
Best Fuel Economy : Displays oil's remaining useful life. Tire Pressure : Shows the
average fuel economy, the best fuel If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is approximate pressures of all four
economy over the selected displayed, that means 99% of the tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
distance, and a bar graph showing current oil life remains. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
instantaneous fuel economy. When the remaining oil life is low, per square inch (psi). If the pressure
Performance Timer (CTS-V the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON is low, the value for that tire is
Only) : Shows the last performance message will appear on the display. shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
time recorded. Press and hold SEL See Engine Oil Messages 0 143. Monitor System 0 311 and Tire
while viewing the performance timer The oil should be changed as soon Pressure Monitor Operation 0 312.
to reset and stop the timer. Press as possible. See Engine Oil 0 272. Vehicle Odometer (Base
SEL to enter the performance timer In addition to the engine oil life Cluster) : Shows the odometer.
menu. In the menu, set the start system monitoring the oil life, Blank Page : The Blank Page
speed, set the end speed, and reset additional maintenance is display allows for no information to
the timer. recommended in the Maintenance be displayed in the DIC display
Cruise Set Speed : Shows the Schedule. See Maintenance zone(s).
speed the cruise control or Adaptive Schedule 0 349.
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is The Oil Life display must be reset Head-Up Display (HUD)
set to. after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Gap Setting : When ACC has been
Life display accidentally at any time { Warning
engaged, this page shows the
current gap setting along with the other than when the oil has just If the HUD image is too bright or
vehicle ahead telltale. been changed. It cannot be reset too high in your field of view, it
accurately until the next oil change. may take you more time to see
Battery Voltage : Shows the To reset the engine oil life system,
current battery voltage. things you need to see when it is
press and hold SEL for several
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
reading and other numerical values . Tachometer

Warning (Continued) can be displayed in either English or . Audio
metric units.
dark outside. Be sure to keep the . Phone
HUD image dim and placed low in The language selection is changed
through the radio and the units of . Navigation
your field of view.
measurement is changed through . Collision Alert
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
If equipped with HUD, some Personalization 0 153 and Cluster . Cruise Control
information concerning the Settings Menu under Instrument . Lane Keep Assist
operation of the vehicle is projected Cluster 0 116.
onto the windshield. The image is . Low Fuel
projected through the HUD lens on Some vehicle messages or alerts
top of the instrument panel. The displayed in the HUD may be
information appears as an image cleared by using the steering wheel
focused out toward the front of the controls. See Vehicle
vehicle. Messages 0 141.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid. HUD Display on the Vehicle
Windshield
The HUD information can be The HUD may display some of the
displayed in various languages in following vehicle information and The HUD control is to the left of the
some vehicles. The speedometer vehicle messages or alerts: steering wheel.
. Speed
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
To adjust the HUD image: Polarized sunglasses could make only appears on vehicles that have
1. Adjust the driver seat. the HUD image harder to see. these features, and when they are
active.
2. Start the engine. HUD Views
Use the following settings to adjust There are four views in the HUD.
the HUD. Some vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts may be
$ (Image Adjustment) : Press displayed in any view.
down or lift up to center the HUD
image. The HUD image can only be
adjusted up and down, not side Metric
to side.
! (Display View) : Press to
select the display view. Each press
will change the display view.
Metric
D (Image Brightness) : Lift up
and hold to brighten the display.
Press down and hold to dim the English
display. Hold down to turn the
Audio/Phone View : This displays
display off.
the speed view along with audio/
The HUD image will automatically phone information. The current radio
dim and brighten to compensate for station, media type, and incoming
outside lighting. The HUD English
calls will be displayed.
brightness control can also be Speed View : This display gives the All HUD views may briefly display
adjusted as needed. speedometer reading (in English or audio information when the driver
The HUD image can temporarily metric units), speed limit, Adaptive uses the steering wheel controls to
light up depending on the angle and Cruise Control speed, Lane adjust the audio settings appearing
position of the sunlight on the HUD Departure Warning, and Vehicle in the instrument cluster.
display. This is normal. Ahead indicator. Some information
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Incoming phone calls appearing in HUD Troubleshooting

the instrument cluster, may also
Check that:
display in any HUD view.
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
Metric too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
Metric . Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
English
If the HUD image is not correct,
Performance View : This displays contact your dealer.
the speedometer reading, rpm
English reading, transmission positions, and The windshield is part of the HUD
gear shift indicator. system. If the windshield needs
Navigation View : This display replacing, see Windshield
includes the information in the Care of the HUD Replacement 0 290.
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
Navigation information in some Clean the inside of the windshield to
vehicles. When navigation routing is remove any dirt or film that could
not active No Route Active is reduce the sharpness or clarity of
displayed. the HUD image.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
shown in the instrument cluster may sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
also be displayed in any HUD view. the lens gently, then dry it.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and TRANSPORT MODE ON

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages This message is displayed when the
indicate the status of the vehicle or vehicle is in transport mode. Some
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the battery Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
other. voltage is dropping beyond a and the vehicle alarm system. Take
reasonable point. The battery saver the vehicle to your dealer for service
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of to turn transport mode off.
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, Brake System Messages
pressing SEL. The messages that this message displays. Turn off
require immediate action cannot be unnecessary accessories to allow BRAKE FLUID LOW
cleared until that action is the battery to recharge. This message displays when the
performed. All messages should be
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY Fluid 0 285.
messages does not correct the
This message is displayed when the
problem. RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
battery voltage is low. See Battery -
The following are some of the North America 0 287. This message displays if the Electric
vehicle messages that may be Parking Brake is on while the
displayed depending on the vehicle SERVICE BATTERY vehicle is in motion. Release it
content. CHARGING SYSTEM before attempting to drive. See
This message is displayed when Electric Parking Brake 0 215.
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
your dealer for service. This message displays when there
is a problem with the brake boost
system. When this message
displays, the brake pedal may be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
harder to push and the stopping Cruise Control Messages CRUISE SET TO XXX
distance may be longer. See your
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET This message displays when the
dealer for service.
cruise control speed is set. See
TO XXX Cruise Control 0 225.
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays when the
This message displays when there Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
is a problem with the Electric speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise PEDAL APPLIED
Parking Brake. See your dealer for Control 0 228.
service. This message displays when
ADAPTIVE CRUISE Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
STEP ON BRAKE TO active and the driver is pressing the
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
This message displays when will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
This message displays when attempting to activate Adaptive Control 0 228.
attempting to release the Electric Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
Parking Brake without the brake temporarily unavailable. The ACC SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
pedal applied. See Electric Parking system does not need service. CONTROL
Brake 0 215.
This can occur under the following This message displays when the
conditions: Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Compass Messages needs service. Take the vehicle to
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
The compass display will be blank if your dealer.
the vehicle temporarily loses radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
communication with the Global snow, ice, and slush. Clean the SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
Positioning System (GPS). entire front and/or rear of the EXITING
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior This message may display if
Care 0 337. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
engaged holding the vehicle at a
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering stop, and the driver attempts to exit
with the radar object detection or the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
camera performance. P (Park) before exiting.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED

Messages TURN VEHICLE OFF
DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a
A door open symbol will be A/C OFF ENGINE continuous chime sounds if the
displayed on the DIC showing which COOLANT HOT engine cooling system reaches
door is open. If the vehicle has been This message displays when the unsafe temperatures for operation.
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR engine coolant becomes hotter than The engine coolant temperature
OPEN message will also be the normal operating temperature. warning light will flash. Stop and
displayed. The DOOR OPEN To avoid added strain on a hot turn off the vehicle as soon as it is
message may also be displayed if engine, the air conditioning safe to do so to avoid severe
the vehicle starts to move. Close the compressor automatically turns off. damage. This message clears when
door completely. When the coolant temperature the engine has cooled to a safe
HOOD OPEN returns to normal, the air operating temperature.
conditioning compressor turns back
This message will display along with on. The vehicle can continue to be Engine Oil Messages
a hood open symbol when the hood driven.
is open. A chime may also sound. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Close the hood completely. If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your This message displays when the
TRUNK OPEN dealer as soon as possible to avoid engine oil needs to be changed.
damage to the engine. When you change the engine oil, be
This message will display along with sure to reset the oil life system. See
a symbol when the trunk is open. ENGINE OVERHEATED Engine Oil Life System 0 274, Driver
Close the trunk completely. IDLE ENGINE Information Center (DIC) 0 135,
Engine Oil 0 272, and Maintenance
This message displays and a chime
Schedule 0 349.
sounds when the engine coolant
temperature is too hot. The engine
coolant temperature warning light
will also be on. Stop and allow the
vehicle to idle until it cools down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages Key and Lock Messages
ENGINE
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED NO REMOTE KEY WAS
This message displays when the DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced. TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect START YOUR VEHICLE
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. This message displays when trying
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL If this message is on, but there is no to start the vehicle if an RKE
On some vehicles, this message reduction in performance, proceed transmitter is not detected. The
displays when the engine oil level to your destination. The transmitter battery may be weak.
may be too low. Check the oil level performance may be reduced the See Starting the Vehicle with a Low
before filling to the recommended next time the vehicle is driven. The Transmitter Battery under Remote
level. If the oil is not low and this vehicle may be driven at a reduced Keyless Entry (RKE) System
message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but Operation 0 30.
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed
See Engine Oil 0 272. may be reduced. Anytime this NO REMOTE DETECTED
message stays on, the vehicle This message displays when the
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP should be taken to your dealer for transmitter battery may be weak.
ENGINE service as soon as possible. See Starting the Vehicle with a Low
This message displays if low oil Transmitter Battery under Remote
pressure levels occur. Stop the Fuel System Messages Keyless Entry (RKE) System
vehicle as soon as safely possible Operation 0 30.
FUEL LEVEL LOW
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been This message displays when the NO REMOTE DETECTED
corrected. Check the oil as soon as vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible. This message displays when
serviced by your dealer. attempting to turn off the vehicle
and the RKE transmitter is no longer
detected. Restarting is allowed
without the RKE transmitter for
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
five minutes. Press the brake pedal Lamp Messages TURN SIGNAL ON
and start button to restart the
AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD This message is displayed if the
vehicle.
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED the turn signal.
NUMBER OF KEYS
SERVICE
PROGRAMMED
This message displays when
This message displays when the Object Detection System
AFL system is disabled and needs Messages
programming new keys to the service. See your dealer. See
vehicle. Adaptive Forward Lighting 24 GHz RADARS OFF
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE (AFL) 0 168.
This message displays when driving
This message displays when AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL in certain areas where there may be
leaving the vehicle with the RKE ON/OFF radar interference. Adaptive Cruise
transmitter still inside. Control (ACC), Forward Collision
This message is displayed when the Alert (FCA), and the Front
REPLACE BATTERY IN exterior lamp control is in AUTO and Automatic Braking (FAB) System
REMOTE KEY the lights have turned on or off. See may not work or may not work as
Automatic Headlamp System 0 167. well. The vehicle does not need
battery in the RKE transmitter needs XXX TURN INDICATOR service.
to be replaced. FAILURE AUTOMATIC COLLISION
When one of the turn signals is out, PREP OFF
this message displays to show This message displays when the
which bulb needs to be replaced. Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
See Bulb Replacement 0 291 and System has been turned off. See
Replacement Bulbs 0 292. Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 245.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP . Heavy rain or snow is interfering LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
REDUCED with the object detection
This message indicates that the
performance.
This message displays when the driver has turned the Side Blind
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) This message may also be Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
System has been set to the Alert displayed if there is a problem with Change Alert (LCA) systems off.
setting. This setting disables most the StabiliTrak system. See Traction
FAB functions. Some last-second Control/Electronic Stability LANE KEEPING ASSIST
automatic braking capability is still Control 0 217. UNAVAILABLE
provided with the Alert setting, but FORWARD COLLISION This message displays when the
braking is less likely to occur. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
ALERT OFF
Departure Warning (LDW) system is
System 0 245. This message displays when the temporarily unavailable. The LKA
Forward Collision Alert has been system does not need service.
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP turned off.
UNAVAILABLE This message could be due to the
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED camera being blocked. Cleaning the
This message displays when the outside of the windshield behind the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
rearview mirror may correct the
System has been unavailable for This message displays when the issue.
some time. The FAB System does camera is blocked. Cleaning the
not need service. This message can outside of the windshield behind the REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARK
display under the following rearview mirror may correct the ASSIST OFF
conditions: issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
. The front of the vehicle or and the Lane Departure Warning
Parking Assist system has been
windshield is not clean. Keep (LDW) system will not operate.
turned off or when there is a
these areas clean and free of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
temporary condition causing the
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and
system to be disabled.
For cleaning instructions, see the Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Exterior Care 0 337. System may not work or may not
work as well.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
REAR AUTO BRAKE AND (ACC), Forward Collision Alert SERVICE PARK ASSIST
PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE (FCA), and/or the Front Automatic
This message displays if there is a
Braking (FAB) System may not
This message displays when problem with the Parking Assist
work. Do not use these systems
attempting to activate the parking system. Do not use this system to
until the vehicle has been repaired.
and backing features of the Driver help you park. See your dealer for
Assistance System when they are SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST service.
temporarily unavailable. The system SYSTEM
does not need service.
SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE
If this message displays, take the AND PARK ASSIST
This can occur under the following vehicle to your dealer to repair the
conditions: This message displays if there is a
system.
problem with the parking and
. The radar is not clean. Keep the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), backing features of the Driver
radar sensors free of mud, dirt, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), the Assistance System. Do not use this
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) system to help park or back the
entire front and/or rear of the System, Assistance Systems for vehicle. See your dealer for service.
vehicle. For cleaning Parking or Backing, and/or the Lane
instructions, see Exterior Keep Assist (LKA) system may not SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
Care 0 337. work. Do not use these systems SYSTEM
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering until the vehicle has been repaired. If this message remains on after
with the radar object detection or SERVICE FRONT CAMERA continued driving, the vehicle needs
camera performance. service. Side Blind Zone Alert
If this message remains on after (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),
See Driver Assistance continued driving, take the vehicle
Systems 0 235. and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
to your dealer for service. Do not features will not work. Take the
SERVICE AUTOMATIC use the Lane Keep Assist (LKA), vehicle to your dealer.
COLLISION PREP Lane Departure Warning (LDW),
and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If this message displays, take the features.
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system. Adaptive Cruise Control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM Ride Control System selected. Launch Control is

UNAVAILABLE available when this mode is
Messages selected. In this mode, the Traction
This message indicates that Side Control and Active Handling System
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF
are available but intended for use
Change Alert (LCA), and Rear If the vehicle has the on wet race track conditions. Adjust
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are All-Wheel-Drive (AWD) system, this your driving accordingly. See
disabled either because the sensor message displays when there is a Performance Traction Management
is blocked and cannot detect temporary condition making the (V-Series Only) under Competitive
vehicles in the blind zone, or the AWD system unavailable. The Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
vehicle is passing through an open vehicle will run in 2WD. This could Only) 0 222.
area, such as the desert, where be caused by:
there is insufficient data for . Loss of wheel or vehicle speed PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2 -
operation. This message may also DRY (V-Series Only)
activate during heavy rain or due to . AWD system overheat
road spray. The vehicle does not This message displays when this
. Certain vehicle electrical Performance Traction Management
need service. For cleaning, see conditions
"Washing the Vehicle" under (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS
Exterior Care 0 337. This message turns off when the and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights
above conditions are no longer will also be on when this mode is
TAKE STEERING present and the warning message is selected. Launch Control is
reset. available when this mode is
If LKA does not detect active driver
selected. In this mode, the Traction
steering, an alert and chime may be See All-Wheel Drive 0 214. Control and Active Handling System
provided. Move the steering wheel
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 - are available but intended for use
to dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist
WET (V-Series Only) on dry race track conditions. Adjust
(LKA) 0 249.
your driving accordingly. See
This message displays when this Performance Traction Management
Performance Traction Management (V-Series Only) under Competitive
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights Only) 0 222.
will also be on when this mode is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3 - use on dry race track conditions. (V-Series Only) under Competitive
SPORT 1 (V-Series Only) The Active Handling System is Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
disabled when this mode is Only) 0 222.
This message displays when this selected. This mode will require
Performance Traction Management more driver skill than modes 13. REAR AXLE OFF
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS Adjust your driving accordingly. See When this message is displayed,
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights Performance Traction Management the vehicles handling capabilities
will also be on when this mode is (V-Series Only) under Competitive will be reduced during severe
selected. Launch Control is Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series maneuvers. StabiliTrak will be
available when this mode is Only) 0 222. affected. See Traction Control/
selected. In this mode, the Traction
Electronic Stability Control 0 217.
Control and Active Handling System PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 -
are available but intended for use RACE (V-Series Only) SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
on dry race track conditions. Adjust
your driving accordingly. See This message displays when this This message displays if a problem
Performance Traction Management Performance Traction Management occurs with the All-Wheel-Drive
(V-Series Only) under Competitive (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS (AWD) system. The vehicle will run
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights in 2WD. This could be caused by:
Only) 0 222. will also be on when this mode is . An electronics problem
selected. Launch Control is
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 - available when this mode is . Worn out or overheated clutch
SPORT 2 (V-Series Only) selected. In this mode, the Traction plates
Control is available but intended for . Various electrical issues
This message displays when this use on dry race track conditions.
Performance Traction Management The Active Handling System is The system may need service. See
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS disabled when this mode is your dealer.
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights selected. This mode will require
will also be on when this mode is SERVICE REAR AXLE
more driver skill than modes 14.
selected. Launch Control is Adjust your driving accordingly. See If there is a problem detected with
available when this mode is Performance Traction Management the Electronic Limited-Slip Rear
selected. In this mode, the Traction Axle, this message displays. When
Control is available but intended for displayed, the system is not
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
operational and driving should be SERVICE TRACTION Safety Belt Messages

adjusted accordingly. Take the CONTROL
vehicle to your dealer for service as AUTOMATIC SEATBELT
soon as possible. This message displays when there TIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE
is a problem with the Traction
When this message is displayed, Control System (TCS). See Traction This message displays when the
the vehicles handling capabilities Control/Electronic Stability Automatic Safety Belt Tightening
will be reduced during severe Control 0 217. System, if equipped, becomes
maneuvers. StabiliTrak will be unavailable. This could be caused
affected. See Traction Control/ TRACTION CONTROL OFF by a temporary condition. If the
Electronic Stability Control 0 217. This message may display when the message continues to display, see
Traction Control System (TCS) has your dealer.
SERVICE STABILITRAK
been turned off. See Traction SERVICE AUTOMATIC
This message displays if there is a Control/Electronic Stability
problem with the StabiliTrak system. Control 0 217.
SEATBELT TIGHTENING
See Traction Control/Electronic SYSTEM
Stability Control 0 217. TRACTION CONTROL ON If this message displays, take the
SERVICE SUSPENSION This message may display when the vehicle to your dealer to repair the
Traction Control System (TCS) has Automatic Safety Belt Tightening
SYSTEM
been turned on. See Traction System, if equipped.
This message displays when there Control/Electronic Stability
is a problem with the Magnetic Ride Control 0 217. Security Messages
Control system. See Driver Mode
Control 0 218. Have the vehicle Airbag System Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED
serviced by your dealer. This message displays if the vehicle
SERVICE AIRBAG detects a tamper condition.
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system. See
your dealer for service.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Service Vehicle Messages Starting the Vehicle Tire Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM Messages SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
This message displays if there is a PRESS BRAKE TO START SYSTEM
problem with the air conditioning This message is displayed when This message displays if there is a
system. Take the vehicle to your attempting to start the vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
dealer for service. without first pressing the brake Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
pedal. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 312.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays and a chime SERVICE KEYLESS START TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
may sound when there may be a SYSTEM This message displays when the
problem with the power steering This message is displayed if there is system is learning new tires. See
system. If this message displays a problem with the pushbutton start Tire Pressure Monitor
and a reduction in steering system. Take the vehicle to your Operation 0 312.
performance or loss of power dealer for service.
steering assistance is noticed, see TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
your dealer. TURN STEERING WHEEL AIR TO TIRE
SERVICE STEERING START VEHICLE AGAIN This message displays when the
COLUMN LOCK This message may display when pressure in one or more of the tires
you try to start the vehicle, but the is low.
This message displays if there is a column remains locked. Try turning This message also displays LEFT
problem with the steering column the steering wheel while starting the FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer vehicle to unlock the steering REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
for service. column. If the vehicle still does not the location of the low tire.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON start, turn the steering wheel the
The low tire pressure warning light
other way, and try starting the
This message displays if there is a will also come on. See Tire
vehicle again.
problem with the vehicle. Take the Pressure Light 0 132.
vehicle to your dealer for service.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
If a tire pressure message appears SHIFT TO PARK Vehicle Speed Messages

on the DIC, stop as soon as
This message displays when the SELECTED SPEED LIMIT
possible. Inflate the tires by adding
transmission needs to be shifted to
air until the tire pressure is equal to
P (Park). This may appear when
EXCEEDED
the values shown on the Tire and
turning the ignition off if the vehicle This message is displayed when the
Loading Information label. See Tires
is not in P (Park). vehicle speed is greater than the set
0 302, Vehicle Load Limits 0 199,
speed. See "Speed Warning" under
and Tire Pressure 0 309. TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Driver Information Center
More than one tire pressure ENGINE (DIC) 0 135.
message can appear at a time. The This message displays and a chime
DIC also shows the tire pressure VEHICLE SPEED LIMITED
sounds if the transmission fluid in
values. See Driver Information the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the This message is displayed under
Center (DIC) 0 135. transmission fluid temperature high certain conditions when there is a
can cause damage to the vehicle. problem and the vehicles speed is
Transmission Messages Stop the vehicle and let it idle to being limited.
allow the transmission to cool. This
SERVICE TRANSMISSION message clears when the fluid Washer Fluid Messages
This message displays if there is a temperature reaches a safe level.
problem with the transmission. See WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
your dealer. Vehicle Reminder FLUID
SHIFT DENIED Messages This message may display when the
washer fluid level is low. Fill the
This message displays when using ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE windshield washer reservoir as soon
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and WITH CARE as possible. See Engine
attempting to shift to a gear not Compartment Overview 0 265 for
appropriate for the vehicle speed This message displays when ice
conditions are possible. the location of the windshield
and engine revolutions per washer reservoir. Also, see Washer
minute (rpm). See Manual Fluid 0 284.
Mode 0 213.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Personalization Menus Driving Mode

The following list of menu items may Press and the following may
Personalization be available: display:
Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date . Engine Sound Management
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features. . Driving Mode . Steering
The following are all possible . Language (Language) . Suspension
personalization features. Depending . Valet Mode Engine Sound Management
on the vehicle, some may not be
available. . Radio This allows the Engine Sound
. Vehicle Management setting to be changed.
Infotainment System Audio
System Controls . Bluetooth Select Auto (Mode Selector),
Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.
To access the . Apple CarPlay
personalization menu: . Steering
Android Auto
1. Press SETTINGS on the Home . This allows the Steering setting to
Voice
page on the infotainment be changed.
system display. . Display
Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,
2. Press the desired feature to . Return to Factory Settings Sport, or Track.
display a list of available . Software Information Suspension
options.
Each menu is detailed in the This allows the Suspension setting
3. Press to select the desired following information. to be changed.
feature setting.
Time and Date Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,
4. Press the [ Back screen Sport, or Track.
button to return to the Manually set the time and date. See
previous menu. Clock 0 111.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Language (Language) . Number of Favorites Shown Audible Touch Feedback

Select Language, then select from . Auto Volume This allows Audible Touch
the available language(s). . Audible Touch Feedback Feedback to be turned on or off.
The selected language will display . Bose Audio Pilot Select Off or On.
on the system, and voice
. Maximum Startup Volume Bose Audio Pilot
recognition will reflect the selected
language. Manage Favorites This feature adjusts the volume
based on the noise in the vehicle.
Valet Mode (If Equipped) This allows favorites to be edited. See Bose AudioPilot Noise
This will lock the infotainment See Manage Favorites in Compensation Technology under
system and steering wheel controls. Settings under Radio in the Infotainment System Settings in
It may also limit access to vehicle infotainment manual. the infotainment manual.
storage locations (if equipped). Number of Favorites Shown Select Off or On.
To enable valet mode: Press to set the number of favorites Maximum Startup Volume
1. Enter a four-digit code on the to display.
This feature sets the maximum
keypad. Select the desired number or select startup volume. If the vehicle is
2. Select Enter to go to the Auto and the infotainment system started and the volume is greater
confirmation screen. will automatically adjust the number than this level, the volume is
of favorites shown. adjusted to this level. To set the
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Auto Volume maximum startup volume, press +
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or or to increase or decrease.
unlock the system. Press Back to go This feature adjusts the volume
back to the previous menu. based on the vehicle speed. Vehicle
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Select and the following may
Radio
Medium, Medium-High, or High. display:
Press to display the Radio menu . Climate and Air Quality
and the following may display:
. Collision/Detection Systems
. Manage Favorites
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Comfort and Convenience Auto Heated Seats . Auto Collision Preparation
. Lighting When enabled, this feature will . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Power Door Locks automatically activate the heated . Go Notifier
seats at the level required by the
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start interior temperature. The auto . Lane Change Alert
Climate and Air Quality heated seats can be turned off by Alert Type
using the heated seat buttons on
Select and the following may the center stack. See Heated and This feature will set crash alerts to
display: Ventilated Front Seats 0 62. beeps or seat vibrations. This
. Auto Fan Max Speed setting affects all crash alerts
Select Off or On. including:
. Air Quality Sensor Auto Defog . Forward Collision
. Auto Heated Seats When set to On, the front defog will . Lane Keep Assist
. Auto Defog automatically react to temperature
and humidity conditions that may . Adaptive Cruise Control
. Auto Rear Defog cause fogging. . Parking Assist
Auto Fan Max Speed Select Off or On. . Backing Warning
This feature will set the maximum Auto Rear Defog Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
auto fan speed.
If equipped, this feature will Auto Collision Preparation
Select Low, Medium, or High. automatically turn on the rear defog.
This feature will turn on or off the
Air Quality Sensor Select Off or On. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
This allows for selection of air Collision/Detection Systems Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The
quality sensor operation at high or Off setting disables all FCA and
low sensitivity. Select the Collision/Detection FAB functions. With the Alert and
Systems menu and the following Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High may display:
Sensitivity. are available. The Alert setting
. Alert Type disables FAB, but some last-second
automatic braking capability is still
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
provided, though less likely to occur. Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) Select and the following may This allows the selection of the
System 0 245. display: chime volume level.
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. . Auto Memory Recall Touch + or to adjust the volume.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Easy Exit Options Reverse Tilt Mirror
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic . Chime Volume This allows the feature to be turned
Alert feature to be turned on or off. on or off.
See Assistance Systems for Parking . Reverse Tilt Mirror
or Backing 0 236. . Rainsense Wipers Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Select Off or On. Auto Memory Recall Passenger.
Go Notifier This feature automatically recalls Rainsense Wipers
This feature will give a reminder the current drivers previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when This allows the feature to be turned
from Adaptive Cruise Control when on or off.
it has brought the vehicle to a entering the vehicle. See Memory
complete stop behind another Seats 0 60. Select Off or On.
stopping vehicle, and then that Select Off or On. Lighting
vehicle drives on. See Adaptive
Cruise Control 0 228. Easy Exit Options Select and the following may
This feature automatically recalls display:
Select Off or On.
the current drivers previously stored . Vehicle Locator Lights
Lane Change Alert B (Exit) button position when . Exit Lighting
The LCA system is a lane-changing exiting the vehicle. See Memory
aid that assists drivers with avoiding Seats 0 60. Vehicle Locator Lights
lane change crashes. See Lane Select Off or On. This feature will flash the exterior
Change Alert (LCA) 0 247. lamps and allows some of the
Select Off or On. exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
K on the Remote Keyless Entry Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
(RKE) transmitter is pressed to This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will
locate the vehicle. doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle
Select Off or On. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter.
Exit Lighting Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
long the exterior lamps stay on When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
when leaving the vehicle when it is locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
dark outside. delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
Select and the following may Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
display: display: will unlock when pressing K on the
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this
When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats feature will turn on the ventilated
driver door from locking when the seats when using remote start on
. Remote Window Operation warm days. See Heated and
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be . Passive Door Unlock Ventilated Front Seats 0 62 and
available. Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.
. Passive Door Lock
Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Select Off, On with Horn Ringtones
If equipped and turned on, this Chirp, or On. Press to change the ring tone for
feature will turn on the heated seats Remote Left in Vehicle Alert the specific phone. The phone does
when using remote start on not need to be connected to change
cold days. See Heated and This feature sounds an alert when the ring tone.
Ventilated Front Seats 0 62 and the RKE transmitter is left in the
Remote Vehicle Start 0 36. vehicle. Voice Mail Numbers
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
Remote Window Operation Bluetooth To change the voice mail number,
This allows the window to be Select and the following may select EDIT or press the EDIT
display: button. Type a new number, then
opened when pressing K on the select SAVE or press the SAVE
RKE transmitter. See Remote . Pair New Device
button.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Device Management
Operation 0 30. Text Message Alerts
. Ringtones
Select Off or On. This feature allows text messages
. Voice Mail Numbers to be received. See Text
Passive Door Unlock . Messaging under Phone in the
Text Message Alerts
This allows the selection of what infotainment manual.
doors will unlock when using the Pair New Device
Select Off or On.
button on the driver door to unlock Select to pair a new device. See
the vehicle. Pairing in Infotainment Controls Apple CarPlay
Select All Doors or Driver Door. under Bluetooth in the infotainment Select and the following may
manual. display:
Passive Door Lock
Device Management . Apple CarPlay
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects Select to connect to a different . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
feedback. See Remote Keyless phone source, disconnect a phone,
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30. or delete a phone.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Apple CarPlay Voice Display What Can I Say? Tips

This feature allows Apple devices to Select and the following may This feature gives voice
be connected to the infotainment display: command tips.
system through a USB port. . Confidence Threshold Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. . Prompt Length Display
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices . Audio Feedback Speed Select and the following may
Select to manage Apple devices. . Display What Can I Say? Tips display:
Apple CarPlay must be on for this . Mode
feature to be accessed. Confidence Threshold
. Proximity Sensing
Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment
of the sensitivity of the speech . Calibrate Touchscreen
Select and the following may recognition system.
display: . Turn Display Off
Select Confirm More or
. Android Auto Confirm Less. Mode
. Manage Android Auto Devices Select to change the display screen
Prompt Length for day or night driving.
Android Auto This feature adjusts the voice Select Auto, Day, or Night.
This feature allows Android devices prompt length.
to be connected to the infotainment Select Short or Long. Proximity Sensing
system through a USB port. When on, certain screen buttons
Audio Feedback Speed and features will become visible
Select Off or On.
This feature adjusts the audio when a hand approaches the
Manage Android Auto Devices feedback speed. screen.
Select to manage Android devices. Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Calibrate Touchscreen Clear All Private Data Universal Remote

Select to calibrate the touchscreen, This allows selection to clear all
then follow the prompts. private information from the vehicle.
System
Select Delete or Cancel. See Radio Frequency
Turn Display Off
Statement 0 376.
Select to turn the display off. Press Restore Radio Settings
anywhere on the display area or any This allows selection to restore Universal Remote System
faceplate button to turn the
display on.
radio settings. Programming
Select Restore or Cancel.
Return to Factory Settings
Software Information
Select and the following may
display: Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
. Restore Vehicle Settings
. Clear All Private Data
. Restore Radio Settings
Restore Vehicle Settings
This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Select Restore or Cancel. If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
devices. accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from
system with any garage door opener a slow to a rapid flash. Then
Programming the Universal release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or help programming may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515 or see under Radio Signals for
Read these instructions completely www.homelink.com.
before programming the Universal Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves Operators later in this section.
another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
as well as for future programming. light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
vehicle ownership is terminated. to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
See Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
System Buttons later in this buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
section. in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
facing the garage door opener door opener receiver. complete Steps 46.
receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 46. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 13, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside the garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System to complete.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the

buttons. Do not release the
Operation button.
Using the Universal Remote 2. The indicator light will begin to
System flash after 20 seconds. Without
Press and hold the appropriate releasing the button, proceed
Universal Remote system button for with Step 1 under
at least one-half second. The Programming the Universal
indicator light will come on while the Remote System.
signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
164 Lighting
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Battery Load Management . . . 170 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 171
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 164
Exterior Lighting Battery
Exterior Lamps Off
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Turn the control to the following
Adaptive Forward
positions:
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 168 O (Off) : Turns off the exterior
Turn and Lane-Change lamps. The knob returns to the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 AUTO position after it is released.
Interior Lighting Turn to O again to reactivate the
Instrument Panel Illumination AUTO mode.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 In Canada, the headlamps will
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 automatically reactivate when the
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Lighting 165
; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Turning On and Enabling . The system detects a preceding
parking lamps including all lamps, IntelliBeam vehicle's taillamps.
except the headlamps. To enable the IntelliBeam system, . The outside light is bright
2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the with the turn signal lever in the enough that high-beam
headlamps together with the parking neutral position, turn the exterior headlamps are not required.
lamps and instrument panel lights. lamp control to AUTO. The blue . The vehicle's speed drops below

high-beam on light appears on the 20 km/h (12 mph).
IntelliBeam System instrument cluster when the high
beams are on. . The turn signal lever is moved
If equipped, this system turns the
forward to the high-beam
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on Driving with IntelliBeam position or the Flash-to-Pass
and off according to surrounding
The system only activates the high feature is used. See Headlamp
traffic conditions.
beams when driving over 40 km/h High/Low-Beam Changer 0 166
The system turns the high-beam (25 mph). and Flash-to-Pass 0 166.
headlamps on when it is dark .
There is a sensor near the top The IntelliBeam system can be
enough and there is no other traffic
center of the windshield, which disabled by the High/Low-Beam
present.
automatically controls the system. Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
Keep this area of the windshield feature. If this happens, the
clear of debris to allow for best High/Low-Beam Changer must
system performance. be activated two times within
two seconds to reactivate the
The high-beam headlamps remain IntelliBeam system. The
on, under the automatic control,
instrument cluster light will come
until one of the following situations
on to indicate IntelliBeam is
This light comes on in the occurs: reactivated.
instrument cluster when the . The system detects an
IntelliBeam system is enabled. approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
166 Lighting
The high beams may not turn off . You are driving on winding or
automatically if the system cannot hilly roads.
detect other vehicle's lamps You may need to manually disable
because of any of the following: or cancel the high-beam headlamps
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) are by turning the low-beam headlamps
missing, damaged, obstructed on, if any of the above conditions
from view, or otherwise exist. This indicator light turns on in the
undetected. instrument cluster when the
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) are Exterior Lamps Off high-beam headlamps are on.
covered with dirt, snow, and/or Reminder Flash-to-Pass
road spray.
A warning chime will sound if the
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) exterior lamp control is left on in This feature allows the high-beam
cannot be detected due to dense either the headlamp or parking lamp headlamps to be used to signal the
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road position and the driver door is driver in front of you that you want
spray, mist, or other airborne opened with the ignition off. to pass.
obstructions. Pull and hold the turn signal lever
. Your vehicle's windshield is dirty, Headlamp High/ toward you to use this feature.
cracked, or obstructed by Low-Beam Changer When this is done the following will
something that blocks the view occur:
of the light sensor. 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam . If the headlamps are off or in
Changer) : Push the turn signal
. Your vehicle's windshield is low-beam mode, the high-beam
lever away from you and release, to
covered with ice, dirt, haze, headlamps will turn on. They will
turn the high beams on. To return to
or other obstructions. stay on as long as the lever is
low beams, push the lever again or
held there. Release the lever to
. Your vehicle is loaded such that pull it toward you and release.
turn them off.
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim . If the headlamps are in
high and not detect headlamps high-beam mode, they will go to
and taillamps. low beam.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Lighting 167
Daytime Running Automatic Headlamp If the vehicle is started in a dark

garage, the automatic headlamp
Lamps (DRL) System system comes on immediately. If it
DRL can make it easier for others to When the exterior lamp control is is light outside when the vehicle
see the front of your vehicle during set to AUTO and it is dark enough leaves the garage, there is a slight
the day. Fully functional DRL are outside, the headlamps come on delay before the automatic
required on all vehicles first sold in automatically. headlamp system turns off the
Canada. headlamps. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
The dedicated DRL will come on
bright as usual. Make sure the
when all of the following conditions
instrument panel brightness control
are met:
is in the full bright position. See
. The ignition is on. Instrument Panel Illumination
. The exterior lamp control is Control 0 169.
in AUTO. When it is bright enough outside,
. The light sensor determines it is the headlamps will turn off and the
daytime. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) will
turn on.
. The parking brake is released or
the vehicle is not in P (Park). The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
The taillamps, instrument panel If equipped, the light sensor is on control is turned to O or the ignition
lights, and other lamps will not top of the instrument panel or on the
is off.
be on. windshield near the rearview mirror.
The DRL turn off when the Do not cover the sensor, otherwise Lights On with Wipers
the headlamps will come on when
headlamps are turned to O or the they are not needed. If the windshield wipers are
ignition is off. activated in daylight with the engine
The system may also turn on the on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps when driving through a in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
parking garage or tunnel. lamps, and other exterior lamps
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
168 Lighting
come on. The transition time for the Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
Signals
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL)
On vehicles with the AFL system,
the headlamps pivot horizontally to
provide greater road illumination Move the lever all the way up or
while turning. To enable AFL, set down to signal a turn.
the exterior lamp control on the turn
signal lever to the AUTO position. | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : An arrow on the instrument cluster
Moving the control out of the AUTO Press and hold this button for flashes in the direction of the turn or
position will deactivate the system. one second to make the front and lane change.
AFL will operate when the vehicle rear turn signal lamps flash on and Raise or lower the lever until the
speed is greater than 3 km/h off. Release the button for at least arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
(2 mph). AFL will not operate when one second and press again to turn change. Hold it there until the lane
the transmission is in R (Reverse). the flashers off. change is completed. If the lever is
AFL is not immediately operable briefly pressed and released, the
The hazard warning flashers turn on
after starting the vehicle; driving a turn signal flashes three times.
automatically if the airbags deploy.
short distance is required to
The turn and lane-change signal
calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
can be turned off manually by
Lamp Controls 0 164.
moving the lever back to its original
position.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Lighting 169
If after signaling a turn or lane Interior Lighting Dome Lamps

change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
might be burned out. Instrument Panel
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
Illumination Control
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 293.
The brightness of the instrument To change the dome lamp settings,

panel lighting and steering wheel press the following:
controls can be adjusted. OFF : Turns the lamp off, even
D (Instrument Panel when a door is open.
Illumination) : Move the DOOR : The lamp comes on when
thumbwheel up or down to brighten a door is opened.
or dim the lights.
ON : Turns the lamp on.
The brightness of the displays
automatically adjusts based on Reading Lamps
outdoor lighting. The instrument
panel illumination control will set the There are front and rear reading
lowest level to which the displays lamps on the overhead console and
will automatically be adjusted. over the rear passenger doors.
These lamps come on when any
door is opened.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
170 Lighting
To manually turn the reading lamps Lighting Features lamps and dome lamp remain on for
on or off: a set amount of time, then
automatically turn off.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off
Some exterior lamps and most of immediately by turning the exterior
the interior lights turn on briefly at lamp control off.
night when K is pressed on the
This feature can be changed. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle Personalization 0 153.
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
After about 30 seconds the exterior
Battery Load
lamps turn off, then the remaining Management
interior lights dim to off. Entry The vehicle has Electric Power
lighting can be disabled manually by Management (EPM), which
changing the ignition out of the OFF estimates the battery's temperature
Press m or n next to each position, or by pressing Q on the and state of charge. It then adjusts
overhead console reading lamp. RKE transmitter. the voltage for best performance
This feature can be turned on or off. and extended life of the battery.
See Vehicle Locator Lights under When the battery's state of charge
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
Some exterior lamps and interior prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
lights come on at night, or in areas has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
with limited lighting, when the driver display on the Driver Information
door is opened after the ignition is Center (DIC), you may see the
Press the lamp lenses over the rear turned off. The dome lamp comes
passenger doors. on after the ignition is changed to
the OFF position. The exterior
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Lighting 171
voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in the battery. To restart the 10-minute
normal. If there is a problem, an steps or levels, without being timer, turn the exterior lamp control
alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the to the off position and then back to
The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, the parking lamp or headlamp
idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the position.
high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might To keep the lamps on for more than
This is because the generator be displayed. If a battery message 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
(alternator) may not be spinning fast is displayed, it is recommended that the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
enough at idle to produce all the the driver reduce the electrical loads START position.
power that is needed for very high as much as possible. See Driver
electrical loads. Information Center (DIC) 0 135.
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection

several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog The battery saver feature is
lamps, rear window defogger, designed to protect the vehicle's
climate control fan at high speed, battery.
heated seats, engine cooling fans, If some interior lamps are left on
and loads plugged into accessory and the ignition is turned off, the
power outlets. battery rundown protection system
EPM works to prevent excessive automatically turns the lamp off after
discharge of the battery. It does this some time.
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs. Exterior Lighting Battery
It can increase engine idle speed to Saver
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce The exterior lamps turn off about
the power demands of some 10 minutes after the ignition is
accessories. turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
172 Infotainment System
Infotainment Introduction Performance Data

System Recorder (PDR)
Infotainment
If equipped, the PDR icon displays
See the infotainment manual for on the Home screen.
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 players, phone, navigation system, The PDR records video, audio, and
and voice or speech recognition. vehicle data. This data is stored on
Performance Data It also includes information on a removable SD card in the
Recorder (PDR) settings. glove box.
Performance Data The recorded data is not stored
Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 anywhere else and is only
accessible from the SD card.
To begin, insert a FAT32 formatted
SD card, Class 10 required, into the
glove box SD card reader.
Touch the PDR icon to access the
PDR menu. The options
displayed are:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Infotainment System 173
Start Recording The elapsed time will show when

recording. To define a finish line,
see Define Finish Line later in this
section.
If no SD card is inserted, a message

displays.
If the system is unable to begin
recording, the Start Recording Define Finish Line
button is grayed out. To track and record the vehicles lap
Touch the Start Recording button to If there is no available space on the times, the starting point of a lap
begin recording. After recording SD card, a message displays. must be set. Crossing this point
begins, this button changes to Stop Delete or transfer recordings on the activates the lap timer when
Recording. Touch to stop the SD card or use another SD card recording.
recording session. with free space.
To delete a recording, go to the
Recorded Sessions menu and touch
z next to the item. See Recorded
Sessions later in this section.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
To set the finish line, position the Video playback is not allowed while Exit : Touch to exit the current
vehicle with the front bumper at the the vehicle is in motion. display.
start/finish point. From the PDR Tap on the screen while the video is
menu, touch Define Finish Line and Choose Video Overlay
playing to display the video controls:
then touch Mark Finish Line. This
can be done with the vehicle Video Scrubber : Changes the
moving. position and playback. The length of
the bar corresponds to the time of
Recorded Sessions the video. Advance or rewind the
To view recorded videos, touch video by dragging along the bar.
Recorded Sessions.
Touch the Choose Video Overlay

screen button to display the menu
screen.
Select one:
. No Overlay
. Sport
A list of recordings displays. Delete Recording : Touch to delete . Track
the video. A confirmation screen
Select the recording to start displays. Touch Yes to delete or No . Performance Timing
playback. to cancel. No Overlay:
Touch z next to an item to delete Pause/Play : Touch to play or No vehicle data displays on top of
that recording, Touch Yes to delete pause the video. The button will the recorded video. Vehicle data is
or No to cancel on the confirmation change when touched. still available with the video when
screen. Touch Dismiss to exit. Back : Touch to display the accessed in the toolbox software.
previous screen.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Sport: . Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left . Transmission State (Current

and Right G-Forces are Gear): Same as Sport.
displayed. The graphic fills to the . Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateral
left or the right depending on the and longitudinal G-Forces are
measure value. The measured displayed as a dot within a
G-Force displays as a number at bubble. A red dot displays when
the top of the graphic. the vehicle starts braking and
Track: turns green when the vehicle
accelerates. The dot is white
when the vehicle is not moving.
A white dot is the default.
Displays these vehicle metrics:
. Brake and Throttle Graphic:
. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digits Displays the percentage value of
are displayed in km/h or MPH brake and throttle pedal position
depending on vehicle settings. from 0100%.
. Engine Rotations Per Minute . Steering Angle: The graphic fills
(RPMs): The vertical line and from the center to the left or right
triangle show current RPMs. As depending on the direction of
the RPMs increase, the backfill Displays these vehicle metrics:
steering. The numerical steering
follows. . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. angle displays below the
. Transmission State (Current . GPS Tracking Map: Shows the graphic.
Gear): Automatic transmissions vehicles current position relative . StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The
display PRDN. D can change to to a known route. graphic only displays if the
D1, D2, etc. When an automatic . Engine Rotations Per Minute active handling systems are
transmission is in manual shift (RPMs): The vertical line and activated.
mode, the display will change to triangle indicate current RPMs.
M1, M2, etc. As the RPMs increase, the
orange backfill follows.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Performance Traction . 0100 km/h (060 mph), 0 Settings
Management (PTM) Mode: 200 km/h (0100 mph), 400 m
Displays the current PTM mode. (1/4 mi), and 02000 km/h (0
The options are Wet, Dry, Sport 1000 mph): The timer starts
1, Sport 2, or Race. recording as soon as the vehicle
. Current Lap Time: Displays the accelerates. As the vehicle
elapsed lap time if the finish line passes each speed and distance
is defined and the vehicle has milestone, it is displayed on the
crossed the defined finish line at overlay.
least once. . Throttle Position: Displays
Performance Timing: the percentage of throttle applied
Touch the Settings button from the
from 0100%.
PDR menu to display settings.
. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The
graphic only displays if the
active handling systems are
activated.
Naming Convention
The recorded video file name is
stored as the recorded date and the
length of the recording.
Displays these vehicle metrics: If the recorded session was
. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. recorded while the system was in
Valet Mode, the file name will
. Engine Rotations Per Minute display the mode, date, and length
(RPMs): Same as Sport. of time.
. Transmission State (Current
Gear): Same as Sport.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Valet Mode Recording : Allows

recording preferences to be
selected. It is recommended that a
blank SD card be used. Available
choices are:
. Automatically record when in
Valet Mode: Enables the PDR to
begin recording as soon as the
vehicle is in Valet Mode.
. Overwrite existing data when
memory full: Allows manual
overwriting of previous
recordings, one at a time starting
with the oldest, when the current
recording requires additional
storage to continue.
Audio will not record during
Valet Mode.
Software Information : Displays
PDR software information and
version numbers.
Toolbox Software : Allows for the
evaluation of the driver and the
vehicle performance on a personal
computer after a recorded event.
See www.Cadillac.com to download
the software.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
178 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Climate Control Systems The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
Dual Automatic Climate
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger 5. Recirculation

Temperature Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger
2. Fan Control 7. Defrost
3. OFF (Fan) 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Climate Controls 179
Climate Control Touch Screen adjusted. The air delivery mode can
The fan, air delivery mode, air be adjusted on the climate control
conditioning, driver and passenger status screen.
temperatures, and SYNC settings Climate Control Function With
can be controlled by pressing Stop/Start (If Equipped)
CLIMATE on the infotainment home
The climate control system depends
screen or the climate button in the
on other vehicle systems for heat
touch screen application tray.
and power input. The climate control
A selection can then be made on
system will balance stop/start
the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment efficiency with air conditioning
comfort and defog operation.
manual.
Climate Touch Screen Controls Certain climate control settings can
Climate Control Status Screen result in fewer autostops.
1. Outside Temperature Display
The following are climate control
2. Driver and Passenger settings that result in fewer
Temperature Controls autostops:
3. Fan Control . The defrost mode.
4. SYNC (Synchronized . High fan speed settings.
Temperature)
. Extreme temperature settings.
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
For maximum air conditioning
6. Climate Control Selection comfort, use the stop/start disable
(Application Tray Button) switch. See Auto Engine Stop/
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control Start under Starting the
Touch Screen) Engine 0 205.
8. Air Delivery Mode Control The climate control status screen
appears briefly when the climate
control buttons on the faceplate are
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Automatic Operation light will not come on. Press @ to to change the linked temperature.
The system automatically controls select recirculation; press it again to When the passenger settings are
the fan speed, air delivery, air select outside air. adjusted, the SYNC button is
conditioning, and recirculation in displayed when the temperatures
English units can be changed to are unlinked.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to metric units through the instrument
the desired temperature. cluster. See Cluster Options Menu Rear (If Equipped) : Press this
When the indicator light is on or under Instrument Cluster 0 116. button on the front climate control
AUTO is displayed on the touch touch screen to open the rear
OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan on climate control screen. The rear
screen, the system is in full or off. The temperature control and
automatic operation. If the air climate control settings can now be
air delivery mode can still be adjusted from the front
delivery mode or fan setting is adjusted.
manually adjusted, the auto passenger area.
indicator turns off and the display w / x (Driver and Passenger Manual Operation
will show the selected settings. Auto Temperature Controls) : The
operation can be turned off temperature can be adjusted z 9 y(Fan Control) : Press the
individually for climate settings. separately for the driver and the fan control buttons or the touch
passenger. Press to increase or screen fan control, to increase or
For automatic operation: decrease the temperature. Press decrease the fan speed. Press and
1. Press AUTO. and hold to rapidly increase or hold the buttons or the touch screen
decrease the temperature. control to adjust speed more
2. Set the temperature. Allow the quickly. The fan speed setting
system time to stabilize. Then The driver and passenger displays. Pressing either button
adjust the temperature as temperatures can also be adjusted cancels automatic fan control and
needed for best comfort. by pressing the controls on the the fan can be controlled manually.
touch screen. Press AUTO to return to automatic
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation SYNC (Synchronized operation. To turn off the fan and
may be automatically selected in Temperature) : Press SYNC on the climate control system, press and
warm weather. The recirculation touch screen to link all climate zone hold the fan down button or touch
settings to the driver settings. Adjust screen fan control until it is off.
the driver side temperature control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Air Delivery Mode Control : When turn on or off. Changing the air @ (Recirculation) : Press to
the climate information is displayed, delivery mode also turns the alternate between recirculating air
press the desired air delivery mode defrost off. inside the vehicle or pulling in
on the touch screen to change the A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press the outside air. The indicator light on the
direction of the airflow. The selected AC Mode touch screen control to button is lit when recirculation mode
air delivery mode button is lit. turn the automatic air conditioning is active. This helps to quickly cool
Pressing any of the air delivery on or off. If the fan is turned off, the the air inside the vehicle or reduce
buttons cancels automatic air air conditioner will not run. Outside the outside air and odors that might
delivery control and the direction of temperatures below freezing may enter.
the airflow can be controlled also prevent the air conditioner from
manually. Press AUTO to return to Pressing this button cancels
running. automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
automatic operation.
Press AUTO to return to automatic to return to automatic operation;
To change the current mode, select operation and the air conditioner recirculation runs automatically as
one of the following: runs as needed. needed.
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the Automatic Air Recirculation : Manual recirculation mode is not
instrument panel outlets. When the AUTO indicator light is available when in Defrost or Defog
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided on, the air is automatically modes.
between the instrument panel recirculated as needed to help Auto Defog : The climate control
outlets and the floor outlets. quickly cool the inside of the system may have a sensor to
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the vehicle. automatically detect high humidity
floor outlets. The climate control system may inside the vehicle. When high
have a sensor to detect air pollution. humidity is detected, the climate
- (Defog) : Clears the windows of When using automatic air control system may adjust to
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the outside air supply and turn on the
windshield and floor outlets. recirculation, the air quality control
system may operate. To adjust the air conditioner. If the climate control
0 (Defrost) : Clears the sensitivity of the air quality sensor, system does not detect possible
windshield of fog or frost more see Climate and Air Quality under window fogging, it returns to normal
quickly. Air is directed to the Vehicle Personalization 0 153. operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
windshield. Press the 0 button to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
on, see Climate and Air Quality seats can be turned on or off. See
under Vehicle Caution Vehicle Personalization 0 153 and
Personalization 0 153. Heated and Ventilated Seats 0 14.
Do not try to clear frost or other
Rear Window Defogger material from the inside of the Remote Start Climate Control
front windshield and rear window Operation : If equipped with the
= (Rear Window Defogger) : remote start feature, the climate
Press to turn the rear window with a razor blade or anything
else that is sharp. This may control system may run when the
defogger on or off. An indicator light vehicle is started remotely. The
on the button comes on to show that damage the rear window
system uses the drivers previous
the rear window defogger is on. defogger grid and affect the
settings to heat or cool the inside of
radio's ability to pick up stations
The rear window defogger can be the vehicle. The rear defog may
clearly. The repairs would not be come on during remote start based
set to automatic operation. See
covered by the vehicle warranty. on cold ambient conditions. The
Climate and Air Quality under
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. rear defog indicator light does not
When Auto Rear Defog is selected, Driver and Passenger Heated and come on during a remote start.
the rear window defogger turns on Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) : If equipped with heated or ventilated
automatically when the interior Press J or z to heat the driver or seats, they may come on during a
temperature is about 4 C (40 F) passenger seat cushion and remote start. See Remote Vehicle
and below. seatback. Start 0 36 and Heated and
Ventilated Seats 0 14.
The upper gridlines on the rear
window are antenna lines and are Press C or { to ventilate the driver
not intended to heat when the or passenger seat.
defogger is activated. The vehicle also has auto heated
The heated outside rearview mirrors seats that turn on when the vehicle
turn on when the rear window is on. The seats will activate at the
defogger button is on and help to level required by the vehicles
clear fog or frost from the surface of interior temperature. To turn off,
the mirrors. press J or z. The auto heated
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Sensor Air Quality Sensor Rear Climate Control

If equipped with an air quality System
sensor, the climate control system
adjusts to limit some exhaust fumes If equipped, the rear climate control
from being pulled inside the vehicle. system is on the rear of the center
console. The settings can be
Press the AUTO button on the adjusted with the rear climate
climate control to activate the air control buttons and the touch
quality sensor. Recirculation is screen.
automatically selected when poor
quality air is detected. The air
quality sensor will not maintain
recirculation for an extended period
to prevent the air inside the vehicle
from becoming too dry or stuffy.
The solar sensor, on top of the
instrument panel near the Under certain conditions, the air
windshield, monitors the solar heat. quality sensor will not activate, such
as during cold weather or with
The climate control system uses the extreme odors. Press @ to
sensor information to adjust the activate recirculation.
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode The air quality sensor system does
for best comfort. not protect against carbon monoxide Rear Climate Control Buttons
(CO), which you cannot see or 1. Heated Rear Seats (If
If the sensor is covered, the smell. See Engine Exhaust 0 210.
automatic climate control system Equipped)
The air quality sensor operation can
may not work properly. be adjusted, See Climate and Air 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Quality under Vehicle 3. Temperature Control
4. O (On/Off)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
5. MODE (Air Delivery Mode 7. Rear Control Lockout twice to unlink the set driver and
Control) 8. Air Delivery Mode Control rear temperatures. The SYNC
button turns off.
Rear : Press this button on the front
climate control touch screen to open Rear Control Lockout : Press to
the rear climate control screen. The lock or unlock control of the rear
rear climate control settings can climate control system from the rear
now be adjusted from the front seat passengers. When locked, the
passenger area. rear climate control can only be
adjusted from the front seat.
O (On/Off) : Press the O button or
Automatic Operation
REAR O on the touch screen to turn
the rear climate control on or off. Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.
If the rear climate control is turned The air delivery is controlled
off using REAR O on the touch automatically. The AUTO indicator
Rear Climate Touch Screen appears on the display. If the MODE
screen, the rear climate control
Controls setting is manually adjusted, this
buttons must be pressed twice to
cancels full automatic operation.
1. Outside Temperature Display turn the system back on. Press O
on the rear climate control faceplate Manual Operation
2. Rear Climate Temperature
Control
and within five seconds press the S A T (Fan Control) : Press or
MODE or temperature buttons on press and hold the front climate
3. SYNC (Synchronized the faceplate. control buttons or touch screen to
Temperatures) increase or decrease the rear
SYNC : Press SYNC on the touch
4. REAR O (On/Off) screen to match the rear climate climate airflow.
control temperature to the front +/ (Temperature Control) : Press
5. Rear AUTO (Automatic climate control driver temperature.
Operation) or press and hold the rear
The SYNC button will be lit. Press temperature control buttons or touch
6. Front (Front Climate Control the TEMP, MODE, or AUTO button screen to adjust the rear passenger
Touch Screen) temperature. Press + for warmer air
and press for cooler air.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Y/ [/\ (Air Delivery Mode Air Vents

Control) : Press the desired mode
button on the touch screen or the Adjustable air vents are in the
MODE button on the rear faceplate center and on the side of the
to change the direction of the airflow instrument panel.
in the rear seating area.
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
Equipped) : Press M or L to heat
the left or right outboard seat
cushion and seatback. See Heated
Rear Seats 0 65.
Move the slider knobs (2) to change
the direction of the airflow.
Additional air vents are beneath the
windshield and the driver and
passenger side door windows.
These are fixed and cannot be
1. Thumbwheel adjusted.
2. Slider Knob
Operation Tips
Use the thumbwheels (1) near the
air vents to open or close off the . Clear away any ice, snow,
airflow. or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
Maintenance During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
circulate the air inside of the equipment. Venting refrigerants
vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment directly to the atmosphere is harmful
. Use of non-GM approved hood
Air Filter to the environment and may also
deflectors can adversely affect create unsafe conditions based on
The filter reduces dust, pollen, and
the performance of the system. inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
other airborne irritants from outside
Check with your dealer before or other health-based concerns.
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
adding equipment to the outside The filter should be replaced as part
of the vehicle. of routine scheduled maintenance.
. Do not attach any devices to the See Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
air vent slats. This restricts See your dealer regarding
airflow and may cause damage replacement of the filter.
to the air vents.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Driving and Operating 187
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Parking over Things
Limited-Slip Differential
(V-Sport and
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Engine Exhaust Cruise Control
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Driving Information Running the Vehicle While Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 228
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Driver Assistance Systems
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automatic Transmission Driver Assistance Systems . . . 235
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 211 Assistance Systems for
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 236
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Assistance Systems for
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Drive Systems Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Track Events and Competitive Brakes System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Antilock Brake Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 195 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 196 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 215 Side Blind Zone
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 198 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 247
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Ride Control Systems Lane Departure
Traction Control/Electronic Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Starting and Operating Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 249
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 202 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 218
Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Competitive Driving Mode Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 (V-Sport and Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 205 V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 California Fuel
Retained Accessory Limited-Slip Differential Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 (Except V-Sport and Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 252
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 207 V-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
188 Driving and Operating
Filling a Portable Fuel .

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
Trailer Towing Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate
General Towing control and seat settings.
Distraction comes in many forms
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Program all trip information into
and can take your focus from the
Driving Characteristics and any navigation device prior to
task of driving. Exercise good
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 driving.
judgment and do not let other
Trailer Towing (L4 Engine) . . . . 258
Trailer Towing (V6, V-Series, activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked
and Twin Turbo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen
Towing Equipment (L4 governments have enacted laws to the floor.
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Towing Equipment (V6, to children.
V-Series, and Twin your area.
Turbo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate
keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint.
Conversions and Add-Ons on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations
Add-On Electrical
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary { Warning
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
See the infotainment manual for Average driver reaction time is

information on that system or the { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
navigation system, if equipped, that time, a vehicle moving at
including pairing and using a cell Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive driving means always can have a serious or even include:
expect the unexpected. The first fatal collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front
the safety belt. See Safety of you.
Belts 0 66. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
careless and make mistakes. who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to
front of you. power brake assist but it will be
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
. Focus on the task of driving. Once the power assist is used up, it
Braking can take longer to stop and the
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
Death and injury associated with time and reaction time. Deciding to
drinking and driving is a global push the brake pedal is perception
tragedy. time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Steering If the steering wheel is turned until it Steering in Emergencies

reaches the end of its travel and is .
Variable Effort Steering There are some situations when
held against that position for an
steering around a problem may
Some vehicles have a steering extended period of time, power
be more effective than braking.
system that varies the amount of steering assist may be reduced.
. Holding both sides of the
effort required to steer the vehicle in If steering assist is used for an
relation to the speed of the vehicle. steering wheel allows you to turn
extended period of time, power
180 degrees without removing
The amount of steering effort assist may be reduced.
a hand.
required is less at slower speeds to Normal use of the power steering . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
make the vehicle more assist should return when the
maneuverable and easier to park. At allows steering while braking.
system cools down.
faster speeds, the steering effort
See specific vehicle steering Off-Road Recovery
increases to provide a sport-like feel
messages under Vehicle
to the steering. This provides
Messages 0 141.
maximum control and stability.
See your dealer if there is a
Electric Power Steering problem.
The vehicle has electric power Curve Tips
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance . Take curves at a reasonable
is not required. speed.
If power steering assist is lost due . Reduce speed before entering a
to a system malfunction, the vehicle curve.
can be steered, but may require . Maintain a reasonable steady
increased effort. See your dealer if speed through the curve.
there is a problem.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Acceleration Skid too much . Try to avoid sudden steering,
off the edge of a road onto the throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking,
shoulder while driving. Follow wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed
these tips: Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any
1. Ease off the accelerator and by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause
then, if there is nothing in the existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide.
way, steer the vehicle so that it overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help
straddles the edge of the skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
pavement. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
2. Turn the steering wheel about these suggestions: Track Events and
one-eighth of a turn, until the . Ease your foot off the Competitive Driving
right front tire contacts the accelerator pedal and steer the Track events and competitive
pavement edge. way you want the vehicle to go. driving may affect the vehicle
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. warranty. See the warranty manual
straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it before using the vehicle for
occurs. competitive driving.
Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your
Skidding driving according to weather Caution
conditions. Stopping distance
There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle If the vehicle is used for track
correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when events and competitive driving,
control systems: traction is reduced by water, the engine may use more oil than
. Braking Skid wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other it would with normal use. Low oil
rolling. material on the road. Learn to levels can damage the engine.
recognize warning clues such Check the oil level often and
. Steering or Cornering Skid as enough water, ice, or packed maintain the proper level. See
too much speed or steering in a snow on the road to make a Engine Oil 0 272.
curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface and slow
lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Axle Fluid Engine Oil SYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil 1

ESP Formula M 5W-40. See
Axles must have 885 km (500 mi) 2.0L (LTG) Engine Capacities and Specifications 0 363.
before being used in track driving.
This is not available with a track This requires premium fuel, and
The front, if equipped with AWD, package option and is not comes standard with a 10 qt sump,
and rear axle fluid temperatures recommended for track use. air/oil separator, integrated oil
may be higher than when driving in
3.6L Non-Turbo (LGX) Engine cooler, and other powertrain and
severe conditions. Drain and refill
powertrain cooling components in
with new fluid after the first racing or . With Oil Cooler: Confirm the oil preparation for track use.
competitive driving event, and then level is at the upper mark that
after every 24 hours of racing or shows the proper operating Check the oil level often during track
competitive driving. See range on the engine oil dipstick. events and competitive driving and
Recommended Fluids and keep the oil level at or near the
. Without Oil Cooler: Do not use upper mark.
Lubricants 0 358.
for track events and competitive
driving. Automatic Transmission Fluid
Caution
3.6L Twin Turbo (LF3) Engine Have the transmission fluid set to
During a first time track or racing the track specific oil level prior to
This requires premium fuel, and
event, high axle temperatures can track usage. Transmission fluid
comes standard with a 7 qt sump,
occur. Damage could be caused should be changed after 30 hours of
integrated oil cooler, and other
to the axle and would not be track usage. Any transmission level
powertrain and powertrain cooling
covered by the vehicle warranty. set or change should be performed
components in preparation for
Do not drive as long or as fast the at your dealer.
track use.
first time the vehicle is driven on Brake Fluid
the track or raced. 6.2L Supercharged (LT4) Engine
Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or For track events and competitive
5W-40 that meets the dexos2 driving, it is recommended that the
specification. If this oil is not brake fluid be replaced with a high
available, the following oils can be performance brake fluid that has a
used as an alternative: Valvoline
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
dry boiling point greater than 279 C Brake Burnishing

(534 F). After conversion to the Caution (Continued)
To prepare the V-Sport and V-Series
high performance brake fluid, follow
brake systems for track events and procedure or damage may occur
the brake fluid service
racing, complete the appropriate to the powertrain/engine. See
recommendations outlined by the
high performance brake burnishing New Vehicle Break-In 0 202.
fluid manufacturer. Do not use
procedure described below.
silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.
V-Sport and V-Series Brake When performed as instructed, this
Caution Burnishing procedure will not damage the
New brake pads must be burnished brakes. During the burnishing
Removing the splash shield can before racing or other competitive procedure, the brake pads will
degrade wet braking driving. smoke and produce an odor. The
performance, as well as introduce braking force and pedal travel may
brake pedal pulsation, due to increase. After the procedure is
Caution complete, the brake pads may
brake disc exposure to road
debris. Only remove the front These procedures are specific to appear white at the rotor contact.
brake disc splash shield and front the V-Sport and V-Series brake Run this procedure in a safe
tire deflector when driving in track package. This procedure should manner and in compliance with all
events. not be run on other models as local and state ordinances/laws
damage may result. regarding motor vehicle operation.
Brake cooling can be improved if Run this procedure only on dry
the front brake disc splash shield pavement.
and front tire deflector are removed. Caution
Removing the shield will require that
the suspension bushings visible to The new vehicle break-in period
the brake disc be protected with should be completed before
insulated thermal wrapping. performing the brake burnishing
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Racing/Track Brake Burnishing least 1 km (0.6 mi) between . Rear: -1.7 deg camber, 0.2 deg
Procedure stops. Repeat until the brake total toe
pedal travel starts to increase.
Depending on conditions, this V-Series Vehicles Equipped
Caution with the Original Equipment
should take no longer than 25
Brake pedal fade will occur during brake applications. Tires
this track burnish procedure and 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h Follow the requirements and
can cause brake pedal travel and (60 mph) for approximately recommendations for tire inflation
force to increase. This could 15 km (10 mi) without using the pressures while driving on various
extend stopping distance until the brakes. types of tracks. This helps to
brakes are fully burnished. achieve a well-balanced vehicle and
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from enhance tire traction performance.
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h Use good judgment to determine the
1. Apply the brakes 25 times (30 mph) while decelerating at appropriate inflation pressure and
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to 0.4 g. This is a medium brake speeds for the track configuration
50 km/h (30 mph) while application. Drive for at least and environmental conditions.
decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a 1 km (0.6 mi) between Contact the tire manufacturer if
medium brake application. applications. further assistance is needed.
Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
between applying the brakes. Brake Cooling To maximize tire life, drive 800 km
This first step may be skipped On V-Series, remove front tire (500 mi) prior to racetrack driving or
if there are more than 320 km deflectors if equipped, before track complete the minimum track running
(200 mi) on the brake pads. driving for optimized brake cooling. that will increase the tire pressures
by 35 kPa (5 psi). After this,
2. Repeatedly apply the brakes Wheel Alignment (V-Series Only) immediately let the tires cool to cold
from 100 km/h (60 mph) to
Wheel alignment suggested specs pressures.
25 km/h (15 mph) while
decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a for track use:
Inflation Pressure Guidelines
hard brake application, without . Front: -2.0 deg camber, 0.2 deg
activating the Antilock Brake total toe Tire pressures affect vehicle
System (ABS). Drive for at handling and tire life, and should be
adjusted for various types of track
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
courses. Inspect the tires prior to Tracks with Sustained High-Speed Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the
every track session. Track driving Operation on Banked Turns driver and one passenger, with no
will reduce the tire tread life. (e.g., Daytona International additional cargo.
Speedway, Indianapolis Motor Tire Pressure Recommendation:
{ Warning Speedway, or similar)
Hot: Target hot tire pressures to
Operating the vehicle at high Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the 270-280 kPa (39-41 psi). This is the
speeds can be dangerous. driver and one passenger, with no stable tire pressure reached after
Improper tire inflation pressure additional cargo. approximately 15 minutes of
can put additional strain on the Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflate operation at maximum driver effort.
tires and can cause a sudden tires to no less than 300 kPa Cold: This value will vary based on
failure. Make sure the tires are in (44 psi) cold. driving style, track, temperature, and
excellent condition, and use the Tracks with Combined High-Speed weather conditions.
correct cold tire inflation pressure and High-Load Corners Return the tires to the
for the vehicle load and track or recommended cold tire inflation
course. (e.g., Nurburgring Nordschliefe, Spa
Francorchamps, or similar) pressure when high-speed driving
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the 0 199 and Tire Pressure 0 309.
{ Warning driver and one passenger, with no
additional cargo. Driving on Wet Roads
Track courses put high loads on
Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflate Rain and wet roads can reduce
tires operating at high speed,
tires to no less than 260 kPa vehicle traction and affect your
which can lead to tire failure if not (38 psi) cold and limit to 230 km/h
inflated properly. ability to stop and accelerate.
(143 mph) until 290 kPa (42 psi) is Always drive slower in these types
reached. of driving conditions and avoid
Road/Street Courses driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
(e.g., Virginia International
Raceway, Road Atlanta, or similar)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
wet enough and you are going fast Hill and Mountain Roads
{ Warning enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no Driving on steep hills or through
Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road. mountains is different than driving
They might not work as well in a on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
pulling to one side. You could good shape.
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
tires, cooling system, and
puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet transmission.
wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include: . Shift to a lower gear when going
pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance. down steep or long hills.
normally.
. Pass with caution.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
{ Warning
flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape. Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid vehicle on a long downhill slope
happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. can cause brake overheating, can
occupants could drown. Do not . reduce brake performance, and
Have good tires with proper
ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 302. could result in a loss of braking.
very cautious about trying to drive Shift the transmission to a lower
through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance

{ Warning and watch for slippery spots. Icy
Driving on Snow or Ice patches can occur on otherwise
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) clear roads in shaded areas.
or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or The surface of a curve or an
dangerous. This can cause overpass can remain icy when
overheating of the brakes and grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 C (32 F) when the surrounding roads are clear.
loss of steering. Always have the Avoid sudden steering
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle maneuvers and braking while
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear. on ice.
until roads can be treated.
. Turn off cruise control.
. Drive at speeds that keep the For slippery road driving:
vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating Blizzard Conditions
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
center line. spin and makes the surface signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick. unless there is help nearby.
something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See If possible, use Roadside Service.
(e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic See Roadside Service 0 369. To get
Stability Control 0 217. help and keep everyone in the
. Pay attention to special road vehicle safe:
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
winding roads, long grades, improves vehicle stability during . Turn on the hazard warning
passing or no-passing zones) hard stops, but the brakes flashers.
and take appropriate action. should be applied sooner than . Tie a red cloth to an outside
when on dry pavement. See mirror.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 214.
See Driver Mode Control 0 218
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
If stuck too severely for the traction

{ Warning Warning (Continued) system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest rocking method. See Traction
under the vehicle. This may setting. See Climate Control/Electronic Stability
cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems. Control 0 217.
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
see Engine Exhaust 0 210. { Warning
cause unconsciousness and even If the vehicle's tires spin at high
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle speed, they can explode, and you
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and or others could be injured. The
partially close the window. Moving vehicle can overheat, causing an
. Clear snow from the base of
about to keep warm also helps. engine compartment fire or other
the vehicle, especially any
damage. Spin the wheels as little
blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive, as possible and avoid going
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the above 56 km/h (35 mph).
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery Rocking the Vehicle to Get
charged to restart the vehicle and to it Out
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to Turn the steering wheel left and
panel. save fuel. right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
. Adjust the climate control
system. Shift back and forth
system to circulate the air If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low
inside the vehicle and set forward gear, spinning the wheels
Slowly and cautiously spin the
(Continued) wheels to free the vehicle when as little as possible. To prevent
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
gears. Release the accelerator Tire and Loading Information

pedal while shifting, and press { Warning Label
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. Do not load the vehicle any
Slowly spinning the wheels in the heavier than the Gross
forward and reverse directions Vehicle Weight Rating
causes a rocking motion that could (GVWR), or either the
free the vehicle. If that does not get maximum front or rear Gross
the vehicle out after a few tries, it Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
might need to be towed out. If the This can cause systems to
vehicle does need to be towed out, break and change the way the
see Towing the Vehicle 0 334. vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also
It is very important to know how reduce stopping distance, Label Example
much weight the vehicle can damage the tires, and shorten
carry. This weight is called the A vehicle-specific Tire and
the life of the vehicle.
vehicle capacity weight and Loading Information label is
includes the weight of all attached to the vehicle's center
occupants, cargo, and all pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
nonfactory-installed options. Loading Information label shows
Two labels on the vehicle may the number of occupant seating
show how much weight it may positions (1), and the maximum
properly carry: the Tire and vehicle capacity weight (2) in
Loading Information label and kilograms and pounds.
the Certification label. The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
tire size of the original
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and manual to determine how
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
see Tires 0 302 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.
Pressure 0 309. the available amount of See Trailer Towing (V6,
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load V-Series, and Twin Turbo) 0 259
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the or Trailer Towing (L4 Engine)
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals 0 258 for important information
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be on towing a trailer, towing safety
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in rules, and trailering tips.
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See Certification available cargo and luggage
Label later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Steps for Determining Correct
650 lbs.)
Load Limit
5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicles
and luggage load capacity
placard.
calculated in Step 4. Example 1
2. Determine the combined
6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
a trailer, load from your for Example 1 = 453 kg
passengers that will be
trailer will be transferred to (1,000 lbs).
riding in your vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
2. Subtract Occupant weight of the driver, passengers,

Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) and cargo should never exceed
2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). the vehicle's capacity weight.
3. Available Occupant and
Certification Label
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification
Example 2
(200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight (1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label
for Example 2 = 453 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight
(1,000 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called
2. Subtract Occupant Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Loading Information label for (GVWR). The GVWR includes
5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all
3. Available Cargo Weight vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo.
= 113 kg (250 lbs). seating positions. The combined
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

.
{ Warning Starting and Do not participate in track
events, sport driving schools,
Operating or similar activities during this
Things inside the vehicle can break-in period.
strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In . Check engine oil with every
sudden stop or turn, or in a
Follow these recommended refueling and add if necessary.
crash. Oil and fuel consumption may be
guidelines during the first
. Put things in the cargo 2 400 km (1,500 mi) of driving this higher than normal during the
area of the vehicle. In the vehicle. Parts have a break-in first 2 400 km (1,500 mi).
cargo area, put them as period and performance will be . To break in new tires, drive at
far forward as possible. better in the long run. moderate speeds and avoid hard
Try to spread the weight For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi): cornering for the first
evenly. 300 km (200 mi). New tires do
. Avoid full throttle starts and not have maximum traction and
. Never stack heavier abrupt stops. may tend to slip.
things, like suitcases, . Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm. . New brake linings also need a
inside the vehicle so that
. Avoid driving at any one breakin period. Avoid making
some of them are above hard stops during the first
constant speed, fast or slow.
the tops of the seats. 300 km (200 mi). This is
. Avoid downshifting to brake or
. Do not leave an recommended every time brake
slow the vehicle when the linings are replaced.
unsecured child restraint engine speed will exceed
in the vehicle. 4000 rpm.
Carbon Fiber
. Secure loose items in the . Do not let the engine labor.
vehicle. Never lug the engine in high This vehicle may be equipped with
gear at low speeds. carbon fiber parts. Dealer-installed
. Do not leave a seat accessories may also contain
folded down unless carbon fiber.
needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The vehicle has an electronic If the vehicle is in P (Park), the

{ Warning keyless ignition with pushbutton ignition will turn off, and Retained
start. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
The exposed edges of carbon active. See Retained Accessory
fiber parts can be sharp when Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, Power (RAP) 0 207.
damaged. You or others could be
injured. Use caution when ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
washing the vehicle, coming in Engine/OFF. ignition will return to ACC/
contact with damaged carbon The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ACCESSORY and display a
transmitter must be in the vehicle for message in the Driver Information
fiber parts, or removing these
the system to operate. If the Center (DIC). See Transmission
parts. See your dealer for
pushbutton start is not working, the Messages 0 152. When the vehicle
replacement. is shifted into P (Park), the ignition
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference system will switch to OFF.
Ignition Positions to the Keyless Access system. See The vehicle may have an electric
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) steering column lock. The lock is
System Operation 0 30. activated when the vehicle is
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle switched to OFF and the driver door
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or is opened. A sound may be heard
ON/RUN, and the brake pedal must as the lock actuates or releases.
be applied. The steering column lock may not
release with the wheels turned off
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No center. If this happens, the vehicle
Indicator Lights) : When the may not start. Move the steering
vehicle is stopped, press the wheel from left to right while
ENGINE START/STOP button once attempting to start the vehicle. If this
to turn the engine off. does not work, the vehicle needs
service.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Do not turn the engine off when the ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
vehicle is moving. This will cause a { Warning Light) : This mode is for driving and
loss of power assist in the brake starting. With the ignition off, and
and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing
the airbags. moving may cause loss of power the button once will place the
assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an systems and disable the airbags.
emergency: Once engine cranking begins,
While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking
1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts.
pressure. Do not pump the See Starting the Engine 0 205. The
brakes repeatedly. This may ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
deplete power assist, requiring
and must be shut off while driving, Service Only Mode
increased brake pedal force.
press and hold the ENGINE START/
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). STOP button for longer than This power mode is available for
This can be done while the two seconds, or press twice in service and diagnostics, and to
vehicle is moving. After shifting five seconds. verify the proper operation of the
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the malfunction indicator lamp as may
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber be required for emission inspection
brakes and steer the vehicle to
Indicator Light) : This mode allows purposes. With the vehicle off, and
a safe location.
you to use some electrical the brake pedal not applied,
3. Come to a complete stop, shift accessories when the engine is off. pressing and holding the button for
to P (Park), and turn the more than five seconds will place
With the ignition off, pressing the
ignition to OFF. On vehicles the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
button one time without the brake
with an automatic transmission, The instruments and audio systems
pedal applied will place the ignition
the shift lever must be in will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
P (Park) to turn the ignition but the vehicle will not be able to be
switch to the OFF position. The ignition will switch from ACC/ driven. The engine will not start in
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
4. Set the parking brake. See
five minutes to prevent battery button again to turn the vehicle off.
Electric Parking Brake 0 215.
rundown.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Starting the Engine Starting Procedure

Caution
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or 1. With the Keyless Access
N (Neutral). To restart the engine system, the Remote Keyless Cranking the engine for long
when the vehicle is already moving, Entry (RKE) transmitter must periods of time, by returning the
use N (Neutral) only. be in the vehicle. Press the ignition to the START position
ENGINE START/STOP button, immediately after cranking has
if equipped, with the brake ended, can overheat and damage
Caution pedal applied. When the the cranking motor, and drain the
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the engine begins cranking, let go
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
of the button.
vehicle is moving. If you do, you between each try, to let the
could damage the transmission. The idle speed will go down as cranking motor cool down.
Shift to P (Park) only when the the engine gets warm. Do not
vehicle is stopped. race the engine immediately
after starting it. 2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
If the RKE transmitter is not in especially in very cold weather
Caution the vehicle, if there is (below 18 C or 0 F), it could
interference, or the RKE be flooded with too much
If you add electrical parts or battery is low, a Driver gasoline. Try pushing the
accessories, you could change Information Center (DIC) will accelerator pedal all the way to
the way the engine operates. Any display a message. See Key the floor and holding it there as
resulting damage would not be and Lock Messages 0 144 and you press the ENGINE START/
covered by the vehicle warranty. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) STOP button, if equipped. Wait
See Add-On Electrical System Operation 0 30. at least 15 seconds between
Equipment 0 260. each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool down. When the
engine starts, release the
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
extra gasoline from the engine. If equipped with the 2.0L L4, or 3.6L . The battery has been recently
Do not race the engine V6 non-turbo engine, the vehicle disconnected.
immediately after starting it. has a fuel saving stop/start system . The battery charge is low.
Operate the engine and to shut off the engine to help
transmission gently until the oil conserve fuel. . The interior comfort level has not
warms up and lubricates all reached the required level for
moving parts. Auto Engine Stop/Start the climate control system or
When the brakes are applied and defog settings. See Dual
Stop/Start System the vehicle is at a complete stop, Automatic Climate Control
the engine may turn off. When System 0 178.
{ Warning stopped, the tachometer displays . The Auto Stop time is greater
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer than two minutes.
Exiting the vehicle without first 0 120. When the brake pedal is
shifting into P (Park) may cause released or the accelerator pedal
the vehicle to move. You or others pushed, the engine will restart.
may be injured. Because the
Auto Stop may be deactivated if:
vehicle has the auto engine stop/
start feature, the vehicle's engine . A minimum vehicle speed is not
might seem to be shut off; reached.
however, once the brake pedal is . The engine or transmission is
released, the engine will start up not at the required operating
again. temperature.
Shift to P (Park) and turn the . The outside temperature is not
ignition to LOCK/OFF, before in the required operating range.
exiting the vehicle. Typically below 10 C (14 F) or
above 50 C (122 F). The automatic engine stop/start
. The shift lever is in any gear function can be disabled using the
other than D (Drive). switch to the left of the infotainment
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
display. The indicator on the switch Engine Coolant Heater 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
will illuminate when the system is 110-volt AC outlet.
operational. Vehicles with the engine coolant
heater can use this option in cold
When h comes on green in the weather conditions at or below 18 { Warning
instrument cluster, the system is C (0 F) for easier starting and better Improper use of the heater cord
active. The system is not active fuel economy during engine or an extension cord can damage
when it comes on white with a slash warm-up. Plug in the coolant heater
the cord and may result in
through it. at least four hours before starting
overheating and fire.
your vehicle. An internal thermostat
Retained Accessory in the plug-end of the cord may exist . Plug the cord into a
which will prevent engine coolant three-prong electrical utility
Power (RAP) heater operation at temperatures receptacle that is protected
These vehicle accessories can be above 18 C (0 F). by a ground fault detection
used for up to 10 minutes after the function. An ungrounded
engine is turned off: To Use the Engine Coolant outlet could cause an
Heater electric shock.
. Audio System
1. Turn off the engine. . Use a weatherproof,
. Power Windows
2. Open the hood and unwrap the heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
. Sunroof (if equipped) extension cord if needed.
electrical cord. The cord is
Power to the audio system will work clipped to the diagonal brace Failure to use the
up to 10 minutes or until the driver on the passenger side of the recommended extension
door is opened. Power to the engine compartment. cord in good operating
windows or sunroof will work up to condition, or using a
Check the heater cord for damaged heater or
10 minutes or until any door is damage. If it is damaged, do
opened. extension cord, could make
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the (Continued)
cord for damage yearly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
away from moving engine Leaving the Vehicle with the

Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be Engine Running
damaged.
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric Contact your dealer for information { Warning
shock, and injury. on how long to use the heater in
your particular area. It can be dangerous to leave the
. Do not operate the vehicle vehicle with the engine running.
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the Shifting Into Park It could overheat and catch fire.
vehicle. Possible heater To shift into P (Park): It is dangerous to get out of the
cord and thermostat vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
damage could occur. in P (Park) with the parking brake
set the parking brake.
. While in use, do not let the firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
See Electric Parking
heater cord touch vehicle Do not leave the vehicle when the
Brake 0 215.
parts or sharp edges. Never engine is running. If you have left
close the hood on the 2. Move the shift lever into the engine running, the vehicle
heater cord. P (Park) by holding in the can move suddenly. You or others
. button on the shift lever and could be injured. To be sure the
Before starting the vehicle,
pushing the lever all the way vehicle will not move, even when
unplug the cord, reattach
toward the front of the vehicle.
the cover to the plug, and you are on fairly level ground,
securely fasten the cord. 3. Turn the ignition off. always set the parking brake and
Keep the cord away from 4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry move the shift lever to P (Park).
any moving parts. (RKE) transmitter with you. See Shifting Into Park 0 208.
If you are towing a trailer, see
4. Before starting the engine, be Driving Characteristics and
sure to unplug and store the Towing Tips 0 255.
cord as it was before to keep it
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park 1. Fully release the shift lever
the engine running, the vehicle must button.
be in P (Park) and the parking brake This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system. 2. While holding down the brake
set. After shifting into P (Park), try to pedal, press the shift lever
move the shift lever out without first The shift lock release is designed to
prevent movement of the shift lever button again.
pushing the button on the shift lever.
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is 3. Move the shift lever.
If you can, the shift lever was not in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
fully locked into P (Park). applied. If the shift lever will not move from
P (Park), consult your dealer or a
Torque Lock The shift lock release is always professional towing service.
Torque lock is when the weight of functional except in the case of an
the vehicle puts too much force on uncharged or low voltage (less than Parking over Things
9 volt) battery.
the parking pawl in the That Burn
transmission. This happens when If the vehicle has an uncharged
parking on a hill and shifting the battery or a battery with low voltage,
transmission into P (Park) is not try charging or jump starting the { Warning
done properly and then it is difficult battery. See Jump Starting - North Things that can burn could touch
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent America 0 332 for more information. hot exhaust parts under the
torque lock, set the parking brake
To shift out of P (Park): vehicle and ignite. Do not park
and then shift into P (Park). To find
1. Apply the brake pedal. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
out how, see "Shifting Into Park"
listed previously. or other things that can burn.
2. Release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, the See Electric Parking
vehicle may need to be pushed Brake 0 215.
uphill by another vehicle to relieve 3. Press the shift lever button.
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park). 4. Move the shift lever.
If unable to shift out of P (Park):
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 208 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 210.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Automatic { Warning
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
lever and push the shift lever all the
way into P (Park) as you maintain
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully brake application. Then press the
in P (Park) with the parking brake shift lever button and move the shift
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever into another gear. See Shifting
Do not leave the vehicle when the out of Park 0 209.
engine is running unless you
have to. If you have left the Caution
engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
could be injured. To be sure the vehicle is moving forward could
vehicle will not move, even when damage the transmission. The
you are on fairly level ground, repairs would not be covered by
always set the parking brake and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
There are several different positions move the shift lever to P (Park). R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
for the shift lever. See Shifting Into Park 0 208. is stopped.
P : This position locks the rear If you are pulling a trailer, see
wheels. Use this position when Driving Characteristics and R : Use this gear to back up.
starting the engine because the Towing Tips 0 255. At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
vehicle cannot move easily. can be used to rock the vehicle
Make sure the shift lever is fully in back and forth to get out of snow,
P (Park) before starting the engine. ice, or sand without damaging your
The vehicle has an electronic shift transmission. See If the Vehicle Is
lock release system. Fully apply the Stuck 0 198.
regular brakes first and then press N : In this position, the engine does
the shift lever button before shifting not connect with the wheels. To
from P (Park) when the ignition is in restart when the vehicle is already
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
moving, use N (Neutral) only. You D : This position is for normal

can also use N (Neutral) when the driving. It provides the best fuel Caution
vehicle is being towed. economy. If you need more power
for passing, and you are: Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
{ Warning . Going less than 55 km/h using only the accelerator pedal
(35 mph), push the accelerator may damage the transmission.
Shifting into a drive gear while the pedal about halfway down.
engine is running at high speed is The repair will not be covered by
dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or the vehicle warranty. If you are
firmly on the brake pedal, the more, push the accelerator all stuck, do not spin the tires. When
vehicle could move very rapidly. the way down. stopping on a hill, use the brakes
You could lose control and hit The transmission will shift down to hold the vehicle in place.
people or objects. Do not shift to a lower gear and have more
into a drive gear while the engine power. While in Sport or Track Mode, the
is running at high speed. Downshifting the transmission in vehicle monitors driving behavior,
slippery road conditions could result and automatically enables
in skidding. See Skidding under Performance Shift Features when
Caution Loss of Control 0 191. spirited driving is detected. These
features maintain lower
Shifting out of P (Park) or M : This mode can be entered with transmission gears to increase
N (Neutral) with the engine the shift lever in the D (Drive) available engine braking and
position by pressing the M (Manual improve acceleration response. The
running at high speed may
Mode) button on the top of the shift vehicle will exit these features and
damage the transmission. The
lever. M (Manual Mode) allows the return to normal operation after a
repairs would not be covered by driver to select gears appropriate for
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the short period when no spirited driving
current driving conditions. is detected. See Driver Mode
engine is not running at high M (Manual Mode) can be exited with
speed when shifting the vehicle. Control 0 218.
a second press of the M (Manual
Mode) button. See Manual
Mode 0 213.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Manual Mode To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode: While using Tap Shift, the vehicle
1. With the shift lever in D (Drive), will have firmer, quicker shifting. You
Tap Shift press the M (Manual Mode) can use this for sport driving or
button on the top of the shift when climbing or descending hills,
Caution lever. While in Tap Shift Mode, to stay in gear longer, or to
the M of the PRNDM section of downshift for more power or engine
Driving with the engine at a high the instrument cluster will braking.
rpm without upshifting while using become highlighted, and the The transmission will only allow you
Tap Shift, could damage the current gear is indicated. to shift into gears appropriate for the
vehicle. Always upshift when vehicle speed and engine
necessary while using Tap Shift. 2. Tap the left control to
downshift, and the right control revolutions per minute (rpm). The
to upshift. To shift to the lowest transmission will not automatically
available gear, press and hold shift to the next lower gear if the
the left control. engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
3. To exit, press the M (Manual engine rpm is reached.
Mode) button a second time.
If shifting is prevented for any
With the shift lever in D (Drive) and reason, a SHIFT DENIED message
not in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, will be displayed in the instrument
the tap shift controls will activate a cluster. See Transmission
temporary tap manual shift mode, Messages 0 152.
allowing the transmission to be
manually shifted. Automatic shifts When accelerating the vehicle from
return after no manual shifts have a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
been done for seven to 10 seconds. it is suggested to shift into second
The Temporary Tap Shift Mode can gear. A higher gear allows the
Vehicles with Tap Shift have vehicle to gain more traction on
controls on the back of the steering also be deactivated by holding the
right upshift control briefly. slippery surfaces.
wheel to manually shift the
automatic transmission.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Drive Systems Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a

computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
Vehicles with this feature always System (ABS) will separately work the brakes at
send engine power to all four each wheel.
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
wheels. It is fully automatic, and electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure
adjusts itself as needed for road prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
conditions. than any driver could. This can help
When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning stop, even with ABS.
Light 0 129.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Using ABS The vehicle has an Electric Parking 2. Lift up the EPB switch
Brake (EPB). The switch for the momentarily.
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
EPB is on the instrument panel, to The red parking brake status light
the brake pedal down firmly and let
the left of the steering wheel. The will flash and then stay on once the
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
EPB can always be activated, even EPB is fully applied. If the red
pump or motor operating and feel
if the ignition is off. To prevent parking brake status light flashes
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
draining the battery, avoid repeated continuously, then the EPB is only
normal.
cycles of the EPB system when the partially applied or there is a
Braking in Emergencies engine is not running. problem with the EPB. A DIC
ABS allows you to steer and brake The system has a red parking brake message will display. Release the
at the same time. In many status light and an amber parking EPB and try to apply it again. If the
emergencies, steering can help brake warning light. See Parking light does not come on, or keeps
more than even the very best Brake Light 0 128 and Service flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
braking. Electric Parking Brake Light 0 129. Do not drive the vehicle if the red
There are also parking brake-related parking brake status light is flashing.
Electric Parking Brake Driver Information Center (DIC) See your dealer. See Parking Brake
messages. See Brake System Light 0 128.
Messages 0 141. In case of If the amber parking brake warning
insufficient electrical power, the EPB light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
cannot be applied or released. and hold it up. Continue to hold the
Before leaving the vehicle, check switch until the red parking brake
the red parking brake status light to status light remains on. If the amber
ensure that the parking brake is parking brake warning light remains
applied. on, see your dealer.
EPB Apply If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
To apply the EPB: decelerate as long as the switch is
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
complete stop.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
held up. If the switch is held up until and holding it down. Continue to Brake Assist
the vehicle comes to a stop, the hold the switch until the red parking
EPB will remain applied. brake status light is off. If either light This vehicle has a brake assist
stays on after release is attempted, feature designed to assist the driver
The vehicle may automatically apply in stopping or decreasing vehicle
the EPB in some situations when see your dealer.
speed in emergency driving
the vehicle is not moving. This is conditions. This feature uses the
normal, and is done to periodically Caution stability system hydraulic brake
check the correct operation of the control module to supplement the
EPB system. Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system power brake system under
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear conditions where the driver has
and cause premature wear or
wheels should be blocked to quickly and forcefully applied the
damage to brake system parts.
prevent vehicle movement. brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
Make sure that the parking brake stop or slow down the vehicle. The
EPB Release is fully released and the brake stability system hydraulic brake
warning light is off before driving. control module increases brake
To release the EPB:
pressure at each corner of the
1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ vehicle until the ABS activates.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN Automatic EPB Release
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
position. The EPB will automatically release if pedal movement during this time is
2. Apply and hold the brake the vehicle is running, placed into normal and the driver should
pedal. gear, and an attempt is made to continue to apply the brake pedal as
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration the driving situation dictates. The
3. Push down momentarily on the when the EPB is applied, to brake assist feature will
EPB switch. preserve parking brake lining life. automatically disengage when the
The EPB is released when the red If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake pedal is released or brake
parking brake status light is off. is pulling a trailer, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
If the amber parking brake warning Characteristics and Towing decreased.
light is on, release the EPB by Tips 0 255.
pushing down on the EPB switch
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Ride Control Systems If cruise control is being used and

traction control or StabiliTrak begins
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will light will:
Traction Control/ disengage. Cruise control may be . Flash when TCS is limiting
Electronic Stability turned back on when road wheel spin.
Control conditions allow.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
The vehicle has a Traction Control Both systems come on activated.
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The . Turn on and stay on when either
electronic stability control system.
systems may be heard or felt while system is not working.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining they are operating or while If either system fails to turn on or to
control, especially on slippery road performing diagnostic checks. This activate, a message displays in the
conditions. is normal and does not mean there Driver Information Center (DIC),
is a problem with the vehicle.
TCS activates if it senses that any and d comes on and stays on to
of the drive wheels are spinning or It is recommended to leave both indicate that the system is inactive
beginning to lose traction. When this systems on for normal driving and is not assisting the driver in
happens, the system brakes the conditions, but It may be necessary maintaining control. The vehicle is
spinning wheel(s) and/or reduces to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets safe to drive, but driving should be
engine power to limit wheel spin. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. adjusted accordingly.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198
StabiliTrak activates when the and Turning the Systems Off and If d comes on and stays on:
computer senses a difference On later in this section. 1. Stop the vehicle.
between the intended path and the
direction the vehicle is actually 2. Turn the engine off and wait
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively 15 seconds.
applies braking pressure at any one 3. Start the engine.
of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
the vehicle in the intended direction.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Drive the vehicle. if d comes on To turn off only TCS, press and To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
and stays on, the vehicle may need release the Y button. The traction again, press and release the Y
more time to diagnose the problem. off light i displays in the instrument button. The traction off light i and
If the condition persists, see your cluster. The appropriate DIC StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
dealer. message is displayed. See Ride instrument cluster turn off.
Turning the Systems Off Control System Messages 0 148.
Adding accessories can affect the
and On To turn TCS on again, press and vehicle's performance. See
release the Y button. The traction Accessories and
off light i displayed in the Modifications 0 262.
instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
Driver Mode Control
the Y button is pressed, the Driver Mode Control attempts to add
system will not turn off until the a sportier feel, provide a more
wheels stop spinning. comfortable ride, or assist in
different weather conditions or
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, terrain. This system simultaneously
press and hold the Y button until changes the software calibration of
the traction off light i and various sub-systems. Depending on
the option package, available
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on features, and mode selected, the
and stay on in the instrument suspension, steering, and
Caution cluster. The appropriate DIC powertrain will change calibrations
Do not repeatedly brake or message is displayed. See Ride to achieve the desired mode
accelerate heavily when TCS is Control System Messages 0 148. characteristics. If the vehicle is
off. The vehicle driveline could be equipped with Magnetic Ride
damaged. Control, selecting the various Driver
Modes adjusts the ride of the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
vehicle to enhance the ride Tour Mode

performance for the road conditions
Use for normal city and highway
and the selected mode.
driving to provide a smooth,
While in the Sport and/or Track soft ride.
Modes, the vehicle monitors driving
behavior and automatically enables Sport Mode
Performance Shift Features when Use where road conditions or
spirited driving is detected. These personal preference demand a more
features maintain lower controlled response.
transmission gears to increase
available engine braking and When selected, the Sport Mode
improve acceleration response. The indicator will display in the Driver
vehicle will exit these features and Driver Mode Control Switch Information Center (DIC).
return to normal operation after a The Driver Mode Control has three Snow/Ice Mode
short period when no spirited driving or four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/
is detected. Use when more traction is needed
Ice, and Track. The Track Mode is during slippery conditions.
for V-Sport and V-Series models
only. Press or z on the MODE When selected, the Snow/Ice Mode
indicator will display in the DIC.
switch on the center console to
make a mode selection. The first This feature is not intended for use
press of the switch will show the when the vehicle is stuck in sand,
current mode. Subsequent presses mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the
will scroll though the available vehicle becomes stuck, see If the
modes. The Tour and Sport Modes Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198.
will feel similar on a smooth road.
Select a new setting whenever
driving conditions change.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Track Mode (V-Sport and There are seven attributes that vary
V-Series Only) by mode shown below. Not all
vehicles have all features,
Use when maximum vehicle depending on the vehicle options.
handling is desired.
When selected, the Track Mode
indicator will display in the DIC.
When in Track Mode, the automatic
transmission and steering will
function similar to Sport Mode. The
accelerator pedal is adjusted to give
maximum control during the highest
level of spirited driving. The
Magnetic Ride Control will be set to
the optimum level for vehicle
responsiveness. Competitive Driving
Mode or Performance Traction
Management (PTM) can be
accessed through this mode.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Modes: TOUR SPORT SNOW/ICE TRACK

Default
Throttle Progression Normal Normal Snow/Ice Track
Transmission Shift Mode Normal Sport Normal Track
Steering (Assist Effort) Tour Sport Tour Track
Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Sport Tour Track
Launch Control (V-Series Only) NA NA NA Available
Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Track
Performance Traction Management (if Off Off Off Available
equipped) (V-Series Only)
Driver Mode Selector Attributes . Snow/Ice - The accelerator current gear after a quick
Affected pedal will reduce engine torque release of a heavily applied
The Gauge Cluster Display is at small pedal inputs. This accelerator pedal. This provides
configured for each mode when allows better wheel control on greater engine braking and
linked (default): slippery surfaces. enhanced vehicle control without
. Track - The accelerator pedal is using the paddles. Performance
Throttle Progression Algorithm Shift (PAS) recognizes
adjusted to give maximum
Adjusts throttle sensitivity by control during the highest level aggressive cornering, heavy
selecting how quick or slow the of spirited driving. braking, and high acceleration to
throttle reacts to input. select and hold lower gears
Transmission Shift Mode when not using paddles. The
. Sport or Track Performance shifts are also firmer to increase
Mode Lift Foot (PMLF) allows the quickness of shifting.
the transmission to hold the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Snow/Ice The vehicle will Stability Control instrument cluster. TCS does not
upshift normally when the . Competitive mode allows less limit wheel spin, the Electronic
vehicle is moving. The computer control to permit some Limited-Slip Differential (ELSD)
transmission will also shift slide and drift and is selected allows increased vehicle agility, and
differently to assist in with the button only available more effort is required to turn the
maintaining traction. in Track mode. steering wheel. See LimitedSlip
Differential (V-Sport and V-Series
Steering (Assist Effort) . StabiliTrak can be turned off by Only) later in this section. Adjust
Adjusts from a lighter steering feel pressing and holding the button your driving accordingly.
in Tour mode to reduced assist in for five seconds.
Sport and Track mode for more Press the Y button again, or turn
PTM (Performance Traction the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY
steering feel. Management) (if equipped) and restart the vehicle, to turn TCS
Magnetic Ride Control (if (V-Series Only)
back on. The traction off light i and
equipped) . Available in Track mode.
StabiliTrak OFF light g will go out in
Adjusts the shock dampening . There are five selectable the instrument cluster.
firmness from a comfort tune in Tour settings.
mode to an optimized
responsiveness tune in Sport and Caution
Track.
Competitive Driving Mode
(V-Sport and When traction control is turned
Launch Control (V-Series Only) off, or Competitive Driving Mode
V-Series Only) is active, it is possible to lose
Available only in Track mode for
maximum offtheline acceleration To select this optional handling traction.
when in Competitive or PTM modes. mode, press the Y button quickly
two times and the DIC will display Performance Traction
the appropriate message. While in Management (V-Series Only)
the Competitive Driving Mode, the
traction off light i and StabiliTrak Performance Traction Management
(PTM) integrates the Traction
OFF light g will come on in the Control, StabiliTrak, and Selective
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Ride Control systems to provide To select a mode while in PTM, . StabiliTrak is on and engine
improved and consistent press the Driver Mode Control/PTM power is reduced based on
performance when cornering. The buttons on the center console. conditions.
amount of available engine power is To experience the performance
based on the mode selected, track PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2
benefit of this system, after entering DRY ACTIVE HANDLING ON
conditions, driver skill, and the a curve and at the point where
radius of each corner. normal acceleration occurs, fully . For use by less experienced
push the accelerator pedal. The drivers or while learning a new
PTM system will modify the level of track.
engine power for a smooth and . Dry conditions only.
consistent corner exit.
. StabiliTrak is on and engine
The PTM system contains five power is slightly reduced.
modes. These modes are selected
by pressing the Driver Mode PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3
This light is on when the vehicle is SPORT ACTIVE
Control/PTM buttons on the center
in the PTM mode.
console. Scroll up or down through HANDLING ON
To select this optional handling modes 1-5 by pressing the MODE . For use by drivers who are
mode, the vehicle mode must be SELECT up and down buttons The
Track. Then quickly press the TCS/ familiar with the track.
following is a DIC display
StabiliTrak Y button on the center description and the recommended . Dry conditions only.
console two times. usage of each mode: . Requires more driving skill than
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 - PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 mode 2.
WET ACTIVE HANDLING ON
displays in the DIC.
WET ACTIVE HANDLING ON . StabiliTrak is on and more
. Intended for all driver skill levels. engine power is available than in
When PTM is active, the up and mode 2.
down buttons will no longer change . Wet or damp conditions only
Drive Modes, but instead change not intended for use in heavy
PTM modes. rain or standing water.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 control and StabiliTrak systems. The . The steering wheel is pointing
SPORT ACTIVE traction off light i and StabiliTrak straight.
HANDLING OFF OFF light g will go out. Automatic Transmissions
. For use by drivers who are . The brake pedal must be firmly
familiar with the track.
Launch Control (V-Series Only)
pressed to the floor, equivalent
. A Launch Control feature is to a panic brake event.
Dry conditions only.
available, within Performance
. Requires more driving skill than Traction Management, to allow the . The accelerator pedal is rapidly
modes 2 or 3. driver to achieve high levels of applied to wide open throttle. (If
vehicle acceleration in a straight the vehicle rolls due to wide
. StabiliTrak is off and available
line. Launch Control is a form of open throttle, release the
engine power is the same as throttle, press the brake pedal
mode 3. traction control that manages tire
spin while launching the vehicle. more firmly, and re-apply the
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 This feature is intended for use accelerator to wide open
RACE ACTIVE during closed course race events throttle.)
HANDLING OFF where consistent zero to The Launch Control feature will
60 and quarter mile times are initially limit engine speed as the
. For use by experienced drivers desirable. driver rapidly applies the accelerator
who are familiar with the track.
Launch Control is only available pedal to wide open throttle. Allow
. Dry conditions only. the engine rpm to stabilize.
when the following criteria are met:
. Requires more driving skill than A smooth, quick release of the
. Performance Traction brake pedal, while maintaining the
in other modes. Management modes are fully pressed accelerator pedal, will
. StabiliTrak is off and engine selected. The TCS light comes manage wheel slip.
power is available for maximum on the instrument panel and the
cornering speed. appropriate DIC message After the vehicle is launched, the
displays. system continues in Performance
Press and release the TCS/ Traction Management.
StabiliTrak Y button to turn off . The vehicle is not moving.
PTM and return to the traction
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Competitive Driving Mode, PTM, Limited-Slip Differential Cruise Control

and Launch Control are systems
designed for a closed course race
(V-Sport and
track and not intended for use on V-Series Only) { Warning
public roads. The systems are not If equipped, the Electronic
intended to compensate for lack of Cruise control can be dangerous
Limited-Slip Differential (ELSD) is where you cannot drive safely at
driver experience or familiarity with automatically activated. ELSD
the race track. a steady speed. Do not use
actively monitors vehicle sensors cruise control on winding roads or
and driver inputs to determine the in heavy traffic.
Limited-Slip Differential amount of change for the
(Except V-Sport and conditions. With ELSD, the Cruise control can be dangerous
V-Series) vehicle has: on slippery roads. On such roads,
. Enhanced high-speed control. fast changes in tire traction can
If equipped, the mechanical cause excessive wheel slip, and
limited-slip differential can give more . Improved traction through you could lose control. Do not use
traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, corners, allowing more cruise control on slippery roads.
or gravel. It works like a standard acceleration.
axle most of the time, but when . More precise steering.
traction is low, this feature allows With cruise control, a speed of
the drive wheel with the most . Increased vehicle agility. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
traction to move the vehicle. For . be maintained without keeping your
Integration with StabiliTrak.
vehicles with limited slip differential, foot on the accelerator. Cruise
driven under severe conditions, the For vehicles with ELSD, driven control does not work at speeds
rear axle fluid should be changed. under severe conditions, the rear below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
See Competitive Driving Mode axle fluid should be changed. See
If the StabiliTrak system begins to
(V-Sport and V-Series Only) 0 222 Competitive Driving Mode (V-Sport
limit wheel spin while using cruise
and Maintenance Schedule 0 349. and V-Series Only) 0 222 and
control, the cruise control
Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
automatically disengages. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 217. If a collision alert
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
occurs when cruise control is +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If Setting Cruise Control

activated, cruise control is there is a set speed in memory,
disengaged. See Forward Collision press the control up briefly to If the J button is on when not in
Alert (FCA) System 0 243. When resume to that speed or press and use, SET or +RES could get
road conditions allow the cruise hold to accelerate. If the cruise pressed and go into cruise when not
control to be safely used, cruise control is already active, use to desired. Keep the J button off
control can be turned back on. increase vehicle speed. To increase when cruise is not being used.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press
+RES up to the first detent. To 1. Press J.
control disengages.
increase speed to the next 5 km/h 2. Get up to the desired speed.
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
press +RES up to the second 3. Press and release SET.
detent. 4. Remove foot from the
SET (Set/Coast) : Press the accelerator.
control down briefly to SET to set When the cruise control has been
the speed and activate cruise set to the desired speed, a green
control. If cruise control is already cruise control indicator appears on
active, use to decrease vehicle the instrument cluster and a cruise
speed. To decrease speed by set speed message appears on the
1 km/h (1 mph), press SET down to Head-Up Display (HUD),
the first detent. To decrease speed if equipped.
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on
the speedometer, press SET down Resuming a Set Speed
J (On/Off) : Press to turn the to the second detent. If the cruise control is set at a
system on and off. A white indicator * (Cancel) : Press to disengage desired speed and then the brakes
appears in the instrument cluster cruise control without erasing the are applied or * is pressed , the
when cruise is turned on. set speed from memory. cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Once the vehicle speed reaches The speedometer reading can be The speedometer reading can be
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, displayed in either English or metric displayed in either English or metric
press the +RES up to the first units. See Instrument Cluster 0 116. units. See Instrument Cluster 0 116.
detent briefly. The vehicle returns to The increment value used depends The increment value used depends
the previous set speed. on the units displayed. on the units displayed.
Increasing Speed While Cruise Reducing Speed While Cruise Passing Another Vehicle While
Control is at a Set Speed Control is at a Set Speed Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is If the cruise control system is Use the accelerator pedal to
already activated: already activated: increase the vehicle speed. When
. Press and hold +RES up until . Press and hold SET down until you take your foot off the pedal, the
the desired speed is reached, the desired lower speed is vehicle will slow down to the
then release it. reached, then release it. previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in shortly following the release to
small increments, briefly press small increments, briefly press override cruise control, briefly
+RES up to the first detent. For SET down to the first detent. applying the SET switch will result
each press, the vehicle goes For each press, the vehicle goes in cruise control set to the current
about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle speed.
. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control on Hills
larger increments, briefly press larger increments, briefly press
+RES up to the second detent. SET down to the second How well the cruise control will work
For each press, the vehicle detent. For each press, the on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed increases to the next vehicle speed decreases to the speed, load, and the steepness of
5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the the hills. When going up steep hills,
speedometer. speedometer. you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
The cruise control system may vehicle speed. When going
automatically brake to slow the downhill, the cruise control system
vehicle down (CTS model only). may automatically brake to slow the
vehicle down (CTS model only).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Also, you may have to brake or shift time between your vehicle and a
to a lower gear to keep the vehicle vehicle detected directly ahead in { Warning
speed down. If the brake pedal is your path moving in the same
applied, cruise control disengages. direction. If no vehicle is detected in ACC has limited braking ability
your path, ACC works like regular and may not have time to slow
Ending Cruise Control cruise control. ACC uses camera the vehicle down enough to avoid
There are four ways to end cruise and radar sensors. See Radio a collision with another vehicle
control: Frequency Statement 0 376. you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. If a vehicle is detected in your path,
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
ACC can apply acceleration or
. Press *. limited, moderate braking to
Also see Alerting the Driver in
maintain the selected following gap. this section. Complete attention is
. Shift the transmission to
To disengage ACC, apply the brake. always required while driving and
N (Neutral).
If ACC is controlling your vehicle you should be ready to take
. Press J. speed when the Traction Control action and apply the brakes. See
System (TCS) or electronic stability Defensive Driving 0 189.
Erasing Speed Memory
control system activates, the ACC
The cruise control set speed is may automatically disengage. See
erased from memory if J is Traction Control/Electronic Stability { Warning
pressed or if the ignition is Control 0 217. When road
turned off. conditions allow ACC to be safely ACC will not detect or brake for
used, the ACC can be turned children, pedestrians, animals,
Adaptive Cruise Control back on. or other objects.
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise ACC will not engage if the TCS or Do not use ACC when:
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to electronic stability control system is . On winding and hilly roads
select the cruise control set speed disabled. or when the sensors are
and following gap. Read this entire blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
section before using this system. The system may not detect
The following gap is the following (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Warning (Continued)
J (On/Off) : Press to turn the [ (Follow Distance Gap) : Press
system on or off. A white cruise to select a following gap time (or
a vehicle ahead. Keep the control indicator comes on. distance) setting for ACC of Far,
entire front of the vehicle +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Medium, or Near.
clean. Press the control up briefly to Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
. Visibility is low, such as in resume the previous set speed or to
increase vehicle speed if ACC is If the cruise control is on when not
fog, rain, or snow in use, the cruise on/off control
conditions. ACC already activated. To increase
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press could get pressed and cruise control
performance is limited under could become active when not
these conditions. +RES up to the first detent. To
increase speed to the next 5 km/h desired. Keep cruise control button
. On slippery roads where (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, off when cruise is not being used.
fast changes in tire traction press +RES up to the second Select the set speed desired for
can cause excessive detent. cruise. This is the vehicle speed
wheel slip. when no vehicle is detected in
SET (Set/Coast) : Press the
control down briefly to set the speed its path.
and activate ACC or to decrease ACC will not set at a speed less
vehicle speed if ACC is already than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it
activated. To decrease speed by can be resumed when driving at
1 km/h (1 mph), press SET down to lower speeds.
the first detent. To decrease speed To set ACC:
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on
the speedometer, press SET down 1. Press J.
to the second detent.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
* (Cancel) : Press to disengage 3. Press and release SET .
ACC without erasing the set speed
from memory. 4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
After ACC is set, it may immediately Increasing Speed While ACC is at . To increase vehicle speed in
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead a Set Speed larger increments, press +RES
is detected closer than the selected If ACC is already activated, do one up to the second detent. For
following gap. of the following: each press, the vehicle speed
increases to the next 5 km/h
. Use the accelerator to get to the (5 mph) mark on the
higher speed. Press SET down. speedometer.
Release the control and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle When it is determined that there is
will now cruise at the higher no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
speed. ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle
The ACC indicator displays in the When the accelerator pedal is speed will increase to the set speed.
instrument cluster and Head-Up pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden. The speedometer reading can be
Display (HUD) (if equipped). When
A warning message will appear displayed in either English or metric
the ACC is active, the indicator
on the Driver Information Center units. See Instrument Cluster 0 116.
turns green.
(DIC) and the Head-Up Display The increment value used depends
Be mindful of speed limits, on the units displayed.
(HUD) (if equipped). See Cruise
surrounding traffic speeds, and
Control Messages 0 142. Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed. . Press and hold +RES up until Set Speed
the desired set speed appears If ACC is already activated, do one
Resuming a Set Speed on the display, then release it. of the following:
If the ACC is set at a desired speed . To increase vehicle speed in . Use the brake to get to the
and then the brakes are applied, the small increments, press +RES desired lower speed. Press
ACC is disengaged without erasing up to the first detent. For each SET down and release the
the set speed from memory. press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h accelerator pedal. The vehicle
To begin using ACC again, press (1 mph) faster. will now cruise at the lower
+RES up briefly. The vehicle returns speed.
to the previous set speed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Press and hold SET down until Press [ on the steering wheel to or Near) for the Forward Collision
the desired lower speed is adjust the following gap. Each press Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
reached, then release it. cycles the gap button through three Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 243.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in settings: Far, Medium, or Near. Alerting the Driver
smaller increments, press SET When pressed, the current gap
down to the first detent. For setting displays briefly on the
each press, the vehicle goes instrument cluster and HUD,
about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. if equipped. Subsequent presses
. To decrease the vehicle speed in cycle the gap button through three
larger increments, press SET settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The
down to the second detent. For gap setting will be maintained until it
is changed. Without Head-Up Display
each press, the vehicle speed
decreases to the next 5 km/h Since each gap setting corresponds
(5 mph) mark on the to a following time (Far, Medium,
speedometer. or Near), the following distance will
The speedometer reading can be vary based on vehicle speed. The
displayed in either English or metric faster the vehicle speed, the further
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 116. back your vehicle will follow a
The increment value used depends vehicle detected ahead. Consider With Head-Up Display
on the units displayed. traffic and weather conditions when
If ACC is engaged, driver action
selecting the following gap. The
Selecting the Follow Distance may be required when ACC cannot
range of selectable gaps may not be
apply sufficient braking because of
When a slower moving vehicle is appropriate for all drivers and
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
detected ahead within the selected driving conditions.
following gap, ACC will adjust the When this condition occurs, a series
Changing the gap setting
vehicle's speed and attempt to of red lights or the collision alert
automatically changes the alert
maintain the follow distance gap symbol on the HUD, if equipped, will
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
selected. flash on the windshield. Either eight
beeps will sound from the front,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
or both sides of the Safety Alert speed increases or decreases to

Seat will pulse five times. See follow the vehicle in front of you, but Warning (Continued)
Collision/Detection Systems under will not exceed the set speed. It may
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. apply limited braking, if necessary. driving and you should be ready
When braking is active, the brake to take action and apply the
See Defensive Driving 0 189. brakes.
lamps will come on. The automatic
Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different
Vehicle than if the brakes were applied ACC Automatically Disengages
manually. This is normal.
ACC may automatically disengage
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving and the driver will need to manually
Objects apply the brakes to slow the
vehicle when:
{ Warning . The sensors are blocked.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . The Traction Control System
The vehicle ahead symbol is in the may not detect and react to (TCS) or electronic stability
instrument cluster and HUD display, stopped or slow-moving vehicles control system has activated or
if equipped. been disabled.
ahead of you. For example, the
The vehicle ahead symbol only system may not brake for a . No traffic or other objects are
displays when a vehicle is detected vehicle it has never detected being detected.
in your vehicles path moving in the moving. This can occur in . There is a fault in the system.
same direction. stop-and-go traffic or when a
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC vehicle suddenly appears due to The ACC active symbol will not be
will not respond to or brake to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. displayed when ACC is no longer
vehicles ahead. Your vehicle may not stop and active.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle could cause a crash. Use caution
down and adjusts vehicle speed to when using ACC. Your complete
follow the vehicle in front at the attention is always required while
selected follow gap. The vehicle (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Notification to Resume ACC on. See Electric Parking Brake

0 215. To release the electric Warning (Continued)
ACC will maintain a follow gap
behind a detected vehicle and slow parking brake, press the accelerator
pedal. vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
your vehicle to a stop behind that the ignition before leaving the
vehicle. A DIC warning message may vehicle.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has display indicating to shift to P (Park)
driven away and ACC has not before exiting the vehicle. See
Vehicle Messages 0 141. ACC Override
resumed, the vehicle ahead symbol
will flash as a reminder to check If using the accelerator pedal while
traffic before proceeding. In { Warning ACC is active, a warning message
addition, the left and right sides of on the DIC and in the HUD (if
the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three If ACC has stopped the vehicle, equipped) will indicate that
times, or three beeps will sound. and if ACC is disengaged, turned automatic braking will not occur.
See Alert Type and Go Notifier in off, or canceled, the vehicle will See Vehicle Messages 0 141. ACC
Collision/Detection Systems under no longer be held at a stop. The will resume operation when the
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. vehicle can move. When ACC is accelerator pedal is not being
holding the vehicle at a stop, pressed.
When the vehicle ahead drives
always be prepared to manually
away, press +RES or the
accelerator pedal to resume ACC. apply the brakes. { Warning
If stopped for more than The ACC will not automatically
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver safety belt is { Warning apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
applies the electric parking brake to Leaving the vehicle without You could crash into a vehicle
hold the vehicle. The electric placing it in P (Park) can be ahead of you.
parking brake status light will turn dangerous. Do not leave the
vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Curves in the Road ACC may operate differently in a ACC may detect a vehicle that is
sharp curve. It may reduce the not in your lane and apply the
{ Warning vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.
brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an
On curves, ACC may not detect a alert and/or braking that is
vehicle ahead in your lane. You considered unnecessary. It could
could be startled if the vehicle respond to vehicles in different
accelerates up to the set speed, lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
especially when following a stationary objects when entering or
vehicle exiting or entering exit exiting a curve. This is normal
ramps. You could lose control of operation. The vehicle does not
the vehicle or crash. Do not use need service.
ACC while driving on an entrance
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary. When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
{ Warning this happens the vehicle ahead
On curves, ACC may respond to symbol will not appear.
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
control of your vehicle. Give extra until it is completely in the lane. The
attention in curves and be ready brake may need to be manually
to use the brakes if necessary. applied.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory Driver Assistance
When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is
Systems
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is This vehicle may have features that
turned off. work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
Cleaning the Sensing System driving, backing, and parking. Read
The camera sensor on the this entire section before using
windshield behind the rearview these systems.
mirror and the radar sensors on the
front of the vehicle can become { Warning
blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.
Do not use ACC when driving on Do not rely on the Driver
These areas need to be cleaned for
steep hills or when towing a trailer. Assistance Systems. These
ACC to operate properly.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
systems do not replace the need
lane while driving on steep hills. The For cleaning instructions, see
Washing the Vehicle under for paying attention and driving
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep Exterior Care 0 337. safely. You may not hear or feel
hills, especially when towing a alerts or warnings provided by
System operation may also be these systems. Failure to use
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the limited under snow, heavy rain,
ACC disengages. proper care when driving may
or road spray conditions. result in injury, death, or vehicle
Ending ACC damage. See Defensive
There are three ways to Driving 0 189.
disengage ACC: (Continued)
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Press J.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Audible or Safety Alert Seat Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features When the vehicle is shifted into
Under many conditions, these alert the driver of obstacles by R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
systems will not: beeping. To change the volume of image of the area behind the vehicle
the warning chime, see Comfort in the center stack display. The
. Detect children, and Convenience under Vehicle previous screen displays when the
pedestrians, bicyclists, Personalization 0 153. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
or animals. after a short delay. To return to the
If equipped with the Safety Alert
. Detect vehicles or objects Seat, the driver seat cushion may previous screen sooner, press a
outside the area monitored provide a vibrating pulse alert button on the infotainment system,
by the system. instead of beeping. To change this, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
see Collision/Detection Systems speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
. Work at all driving speeds.
under Vehicle
. Warn you or provide you Personalization 0 153.
with enough time to avoid a
crash.
Assistance Systems for
. Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
Parking or Backing
. Work if the detection sensor If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
is not cleaned or is covered (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. Front Parking Assist (FPA),
Surround Vision, Front Vision
Complete attention is always Camera, Curb View Camera, Rear
required while driving, and you Automatic Braking (RAB) and
should be ready to take action Backing Warning System, Rear
and apply the brakes and/or steer Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and 1. View Displayed by the
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Automatic Parking Assist (APA) may Camera
help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
the front or rear camera views in the 1. Views Displayed by the

center stack. The front camera is in Surround Vision Cameras
the grille or near the front emblem, 2. Area Not Shown
the side cameras are on the bottom
of the outside rearview mirrors, and
the rear camera is above the license
plate.
{ Warning
1. View Displayed by the
Camera The Surround Vision cameras
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper have blind spots and will not
display all objects near the
Displayed images may be farther or corners of the vehicle. Folding
closer than they appear. The area 1. Views Displayed by the
side mirrors that are out of Surround Vision Cameras
displayed is limited and objects that
position will not display surround 2. Area Not Shown
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not view correctly. Always check
around the vehicle when parking Front Vision Camera (CTS Only)
display.
or backing.
A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show that Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) has detected
an object. This triangle changes
from amber to red and increases in
size the closer the object.
Surround Vision (CTS Only)
If equipped, Surround Vision
displays an image of the area If equipped, a view of the area in
surrounding the vehicle, along with front of the vehicle displays in the
center stack. The view displays after
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
shifting from R (Reverse) to a center stack, and when the vehicle Parking Assist
forward gear, or by pressing is moving forward slower than With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
CAMERA in the center stack, and 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped, the as the vehicle moves at speeds of
when the vehicle is moving forward front camera images also display less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
slower than 8 km/h (5 mph). when the Parking Assist system sensors on the bumpers may detect
If equipped, the front view camera detects an object within 60 cm objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
also displays when the Parking (24 in). The front cameras are on 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
Assist system detects an object both sides of the front fascia. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
within 30 cm (12 in). the ground and below bumper level.
Curb View Camera (CTS-V { Warning These detection distances may be
Series Only) shorter during warmer or humid
The camera(s) do not display weather. Blocked sensors will not
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, detect objects and can also cause
crossing traffic, animals, or any false detections. Keep the sensors
other object outside of the clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
cameras field of view, below the slush; and clean sensors after a car
bumper, or under the vehicle. wash in freezing temperatures.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
{ Warning
only these camera(s). Always The Parking Assist system does
If equipped, a view of the area in check behind and around the not detect children, pedestrians,
front of the vehicle displays in the vehicle before driving. Failure to bicyclists, animals, or objects
center stack. The display shows a use proper care may result in located below the bumper or that
top down view on the top of the injury, death, or vehicle damage. are too close or too far from the
screen and left and right front vehicle. It is not available at
camera images on the bottom. The speeds greater than 8 km/h
front views display after shifting (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
from R (Reverse) to a forward gear,
or by pressing CAMERA in the (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two the Safety Alert Seat. There may
Warning (Continued) times. When an object is very close also be a brief, sharp application of
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, the brakes.
or vehicle damage, even with or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
parking assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
five beeps will sound from the front
or rear depending where the object
{ Warning
check all mirrors before moving is detected, or both sides of the The Backing Warning System
forward or backing. Safety Alert Seat will pulse five only operates at speeds greater
times. Beeps for FPA are higher than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not
pitched than for RPA. detect children, pedestrians,
Backing Warning and Rear bicyclists, animals, or objects
Automatic Braking below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
In some situations, such as at
Control (ACC) have the Backing
higher backing speeds, there may
Warning and Rear Automatic
Braking (RAB) system. The Backing not be enough time for the short,
Warning part of this system can sharp application of the vehicle
warn of rear objects when backing brake system to occur. To prevent
The instrument cluster may have a up at speeds greater than injury, death, or vehicle damage,
parking assist display with bars that 8 km/h (5 mph). even with the Backing Warning
show distance to object and object System, always check the area
The Backing Warning System will around the vehicle and check all
location information for the Parking beep once from the rear when an
Assist system. As the object gets mirrors before backing.
object is first detected, or pulse
closer, more bars light up and the twice on both sides of the Safety
bars change color from yellow to Alert Seat. When the system When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),
amber to red. detects a potential crash, beeps will if the system detects the vehicle is
When an object is first detected in be heard from the rear, or five backing too fast to avoid a crash
the rear, one beep will be heard pulses will be felt on both sides of with a detected object behind your
from the rear, or both sides of the vehicle in your path, it may
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
automatically brake hard to a stop to Pressing the brake pedal after the warn of traffic coming from the left
help avoid or reduce the harm vehicle comes to a stop will release or right. This system detects objects
caused by a backing crash. the Rear Automatic Braking. If the coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from
brake pedal is not pressed soon the left or right side of the vehicle.
{ Warning after the stop, the electric parking
brake may be set. When it is safe,
When an object is detected, either
three beeps sound from the left or
Rear Automatic Braking may not press the accelerator pedal firmly at right or three Safety Alert Seat
avoid many types of backing any time to override the Rear pulses occur on the left or right side,
crashes. Do not wait for the Automatic Braking. depending on the direction of the
automatic braking to apply. This detected vehicle.
system is not designed to replace { Warning Use caution while backing up when
driver braking and only works in towing a trailer, as the RCTA
R (Reverse) when an object is There may be instances where detection zones that extend out
detected directly behind the unexpected or undesired from the back of the vehicle do not
vehicle. It may not brake or stop automatic braking occurs. If this move further back when a trailer is
in time to avoid a crash. It will not happens, either press the brake towed.
brake for objects when the pedal or firmly press the
accelerator pedal to release the Turning the Features On or Off
vehicle is moving at very low
speeds. It does not detect brakes from the Rear Automatic
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Braking system. Before releasing
animals, or objects below the the brakes, check the RVC
bumper or that are too close or screen and check the area
too far from the vehicle. To around the vehicle to make sure it
prevent injury, death, or vehicle is safe to proceed.
damage, even with Rear
Automatic Braking, always check The X button on the center stack
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
the area around the vehicle is used to turn on or off the Front
If equipped, RCTA displays a red and Rear Parking Assist, Rear
before and while backing. warning triangle with a left or right Cross Traffic Alert, Backing
pointing arrow on the RVC screen to Warning, and Rear Automatic
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Braking system at the same time. cannot detect whether it is a legal

The indicator light next to the button { Warning parking space. The vehicle may not
comes on when the features are on align properly to angled parking
and turns off when the features APA does not apply the brakes. spots and the system may have
have been disabled. APA may not detect objects in the difficulty sensing short curbs.
parking space, objects that are
Turn off parking assist and Rear soft or narrow, objects high off the If the vehicle is equipped with
Automatic Braking when towing a ground such as flatbed trucks, perpendicular parking mode, press
trailer. or objects below ground level and hold the APA button during the
To turn the rear parking assist search process to switch the APA
such as large potholes. Always
symbols on or off, see Rear parking mode between
verify that the parking space is
Camera under Vehicle perpendicular and parallel parking.
appropriate for parking a vehicle.
Personalization 0 153. APA does not respond to changes APA searches for parking spaces to
RCTA can also be turned on or off in the parking space, such as the right of the vehicle. To search for
through vehicle personalization. See movement of an adjacent vehicle, a parking space to the left, turn on
Collision/Detection Systems under or a person or object entering the the left turn signal.
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. parking space. APA does not
detect or avoid traffic that is
Automatic Parking behind or alongside of the
Assist (APA) vehicle. Always be prepared to
If equipped, APA searches for and stop the vehicle during the
steers the vehicle into parallel or parking maneuver.
perpendicular parking spots. When
using APA, you must still shift gears,
The system is available when the
and control the brakes and
vehicle speed is below
accelerator. The Driver information
30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APA
Center (DIC) and audible beeps
help to guide parking maneuvers. button, O, to enable the system to
begin searching for a space that is
large enough to park in. The system
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
After completely passing a large If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but . There is a failure with the APA
enough space bordered by two does not steer into the expected system.
vehicles or other objects, an audible space, this may be because the . Electronic stability control or
beep occurs and a red symbol system is maneuvering the vehicle antilock brakes are activated.
displays in the DIC. into a previously detected space.
The APA system does not need . A high priority vehicle message
service. is displayed in the DIC.
If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h To cancel APA, press the APA
(6 mph), APA is automatically button again.
disengaged and automatic steering When the System Does Not Seem
will turn off. A DIC progress arrow to Work Properly
displays the status of the parking
maneuver. Depending on the space The APA system may require a
size, additional maneuvers may be short period of driving along curves
required, and there will be additional to calibrate.
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop instructions. When changing gears,
once a large enough space is found. allow the automatic steering to Assistance Systems for
Follow the instructions in the DIC. complete before continuing the
When instructed to drive in reverse,
Driving
parking maneuver. Upon successful
shift to R (Reverse) to engage completion of a maneuver, APA will If equipped, when driving the
automatic steering. The steering beep and display a PARKING vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
wheel will briefly vibrate as a COMPLETE message. Place the Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
reminder to remove hands from the vehicle in P (Park). Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
steering wheel. Check surroundings Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
and continue braking or accelerating APA may automatically disengage if: Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
as needed, and be prepared to stop . The steering wheel is used by (LCA), and/or the Front Automatic
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, the driver. Braking (FAB) System can help to
or objects. . The maximum allowed speed is avoid a crash or reduce crash
damage.
exceeded.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Forward Collision Alert Warning (Continued)

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
help to avoid or reduce the harm or when following a vehicle too
caused by front-end crashes. When closely, FCA may not provide a
approaching a vehicle ahead too warning with enough time to help
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red avoid a crash. It also may not
alert on the windshield and rapidly provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians, FCA warnings will not occur unless
beeps or pulses the Safety Alert the FCA system detects a vehicle
Seat. FCA also lights an amber animals, signs, guardrails,
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
visual alert if following another bridges, construction barrels,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
vehicle much too closely. or other objects. Be ready to take display green. Vehicles may not be
FCA detects vehicles within a action and apply the brakes. See detected on curves, highway exit
distance of approximately 60 m Defensive Driving 0 189. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
(197 ft) and operates at speeds or if a vehicle ahead is partially
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the FCA can be disabled with the FCA blocked by pedestrians or other
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control steering wheel control, or if your objects. FCA will not detect another
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to vehicle is equipped with Adaptive vehicle ahead until it is completely
distances of approximately 110 m Cruise Control (ACC), through in the driving lane.
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds. vehicle personalization. See the
See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 228. Auto Collision Preparation portion { Warning
of Collision/Detection Systems
{ Warning under Vehicle FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
FCA is a warning system and detects a vehicle. FCA may not
does not apply the brakes. When detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
approaching a slower-moving or sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued) (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Tailgating Alert
Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain, Without Head-Up Display
or snow, or if the headlamps or When your vehicle approaches The vehicle-ahead indicator will
windshield are not cleaned or in another detected vehicle too rapidly, display amber when you are
proper condition. Keep the the red FCA display will flash on the following a detected vehicle ahead
windshield, headlamps, and FCA windshield. Also, eight high-pitched much too closely.
sensors clean and in good repair. beeps will sound from the front,
or both sides of the Safety Alert Selecting the Alert Timing
Seat will pulse five times. When this
Collision Alert Collision Alert occurs, the brake
system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
With Head-Up Display
The Collision Alert control is on the

steering wheel. Press [ to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
or on some vehicles, Off. The first vehicles, or shadows. These alerts hard. This front automatic braking
button press shows the current are normal operation and the can only occur if a vehicle is
setting on the DIC. Additional button vehicle does not need service. detected. This is shown by the FCA
presses will change this setting. The vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
chosen setting will remain until it is Cleaning the System See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
changed and will affect the timing of If the FCA system does not seem to System 0 243.
both the Collision Alert and the operate properly, cleaning the The system works when driving in a
Tailgating Alert features. The timing outside of the windshield in front of forward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph).
of both alerts will vary based on the rearview mirror, and cleaning the It can detect vehicles up to
vehicle speed. The faster the front of the vehicle where radar approximately 60 m (197 ft).
vehicle speed, the farther away the sensors are located, may correct
alert will occur. Consider traffic and the issue.
weather conditions when selecting { Warning
the alert timing. The range of Front Automatic Braking FAB is an emergency crash
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and (FAB) System preparation feature and is not
driving conditions. If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise designed to avoid crashes. Do
Control (ACC), it also has FAB, not rely on FAB to brake the
If your vehicle is equipped with vehicle. FAB will not brake
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), which includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system outside of its operating speed
changing the FCA timing setting range and only responds to
automatically changes the ACC detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same detected vehicles.
following gap setting (Far, Medium,
or Near). direction that you may be about to FAB may not:
crash into, it can provide a boost to
Unnecessary Alerts braking or automatically brake the . Detect a vehicle ahead on
vehicle. This can help avoid or winding or hilly roads.
FCA may provide unnecessary
lessen the severity of crashes when (Continued)
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
driving in a forward gear. Depending
in other lanes, objects that are not
on the situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning

. Detect all vehicles, FAB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking
especially vehicles with a vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be
trailer, tractors, muddy where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the
vehicles, etc. undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
. Detect a vehicle when turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and
weather limits visibility, such signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed.
as in fog, rain, or snow. objects. To override FAB, firmly
. press the accelerator pedal, if it is FAB and IBA can be disabled
Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See
pedestrians or other objects. Auto Collision Preparation in
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Collision/Detection Systems under
Complete attention is always
Vehicle Personalization 0 153.
required while driving, and you IBA may activate when the brake
should be ready to take action pedal is applied quickly by providing
and apply the brakes and/or steer a boost to braking based on the { Warning
the vehicle to avoid crashes. speed of approach and distance to Using FAB or IBA while towing a
a vehicle ahead.
trailer could cause you to lose
FAB may slow the vehicle to a Minor brake pedal pulsations or control of the vehicle and crash.
complete stop to try to avoid a pedal movement during this time is Turn the system to Off when
potential crash. If this happens, FAB normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer.
may engage the Electric Parking continue to be applied as needed.
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a IBA will automatically disengage
stop. To release automatic braking, only when the brake pedal is
release the EPB or firmly press the released.
accelerator pedal.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Side Blind Zone will light up in the corresponding LCA Detection Zones
outside side mirror and will flash if
Alert (SBZA) the turn signal is on.
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
{ Warning
occur with moving vehicles in the LCA does not alert the driver to
side blind zone (or spot) areas. vehicles outside of the system
When the vehicle is in a forward detection zones, pedestrians,
gear, the left or right side mirror bicyclists, or animals. It may not
display will light up if a moving provide alerts when changing
vehicle is detected in that blind lanes under all driving conditions. 1. SBZA Detection Zone
zone. If the turn signal is activated Failure to use proper care when 2. LCA Detection Zone
and a vehicle is also detected on changing lanes may result in
the same side, the display will flash The LCA sensor covers a zone of
injury, death, or vehicle damage. approximately one lane over from
as an extra warning not to change
Before making a lane change, both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
lanes. Since this system is part of
always check mirrors, glance over (11 ft). The height of the zone is
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section your shoulder, and use the turn approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
before using this feature. signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
Lane Change Alert (LCA) warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
If equipped, the LCA system is a back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
lane-changing aid that assists warned of vehicles rapidly
drivers with avoiding lane change approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)
crashes that occur with moving behind the vehicle.
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
How the System Works If the turn signal is activated in the when a trailer is towed. Use caution
same direction as a detected while changing lanes when towing a
The LCA symbol lights up in the
vehicle, this display will flash as an trailer. LCA may alert to objects
side mirrors when the system
extra warning not to change lanes. attached to the vehicle, such as a
detects a moving vehicle in the next
LCA can be disabled through trailer, bicycle, or object extending
lane over that is in the side blind
vehicle personalization. See out to either side of the vehicle.
zone or rapidly approaching that
Collision/Detection Systems under Attached objects may also interfere
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
Vehicle Personalization 0 153. with the detection of vehicles. This
indicates it may be unsafe to
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the is normal system operation; the
change lanes. Before making a lane
LCA mirror displays will not light up. vehicle does not need service.
change, check the LCA display,
check mirrors, glance over your LCA may not always alert the driver
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
When the System Does Not to vehicles in the next lane over,
Seem to Work Properly especially in wet conditions or when
The LCA system requires some driving on sharp curves. The system
driving for the system to calibrate to does not need to be serviced. The
maximum performance. This system may light up due to
calibration may occur more quickly if guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
the vehicle is driven on a straight other non-moving objects. This is
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror highway road with traffic and normal system operation; the
Display Display roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, vehicle does not need service.
barriers). During a trip, the LCA LCA may not operate when the LCA
When the vehicle is started, both system is not operational until the sensors in the left or right corners of
outside mirror LCA displays will vehicle first reaches a speed of the rear bumper are covered with
briefly come on to indicate the 24 km/h (15 mph). mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
system is operating. When the heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for instructions, see "Washing the
or right side mirror display will light Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 337.
up if a moving vehicle is detected in a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The LCA detection zones If the DIC still displays the system
the next lane over in that blind zone unavailable message after cleaning
that extend back from the side of
or rapidly approaching that zone.
the vehicle do not move further back
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
both sides of the vehicle toward the of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
rear corners of the vehicle, see your system, read the entire LKA section Warning (Continued)
dealer. before using this feature.
lane or give a Lane Departure
If the LCA displays do not light up Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
when moving vehicles are in the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) lane marking is detected.
side blind zone or rapidly If equipped, LKA may help avoid
approaching this zone and the The LKA and LDW systems
crashes due to unintentional lane
system is clean, the system may departures. It may assist by gently may not:
need service. Take the vehicle to turning the steering wheel if the . Provide an alert or enough
your dealer. vehicle approaches a detected lane steering assist to avoid a
When LCA is disabled for any marking without using a turn signal lane departure or crash.
reason other than the driver turning in that direction. It may also provide . Detect lane markings under
it off, the Lane Change Alert On a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
poor weather or visibility
option will not be available on the system alert as the lane marking is
conditions. This can occur if
personalization menu. crossed. The LKA system will not
the windshield or
assist or provide an LDW alert if it headlamps are blocked by
Radio Frequency Information detects that you are actively
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
See Radio Frequency steering. Override LKA by turning
not in proper condition, or if
Statement 0 376. the steering wheel. LKA uses a
the sun shines directly into
camera to detect lane markings
the camera.
Lane Departure between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph). . Detect road edges.
Warning (LDW) . Detect lanes on winding or
If equipped, LDW may help avoid { Warning hilly roads.
crashes due to unintentional lane
The LKA system does not If LKA only detects lane markings
departures. It may provide a
continuously steer the vehicle. on one side of the road, it will
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
detected lane marking without using It may not keep the vehicle in the only assist or provide an LDW
a turn signal in the lane departure (Continued) (Continued)
direction. Since this system is part
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
How the System Works The LKA system does not

Warning (Continued) continuously steer the vehicle.
The LKA camera sensor is on the
If LKA does not detect active driver
alert when approaching the lane windshield ahead of the rearview
steering, an alert and chime may be
on the side where it has detected mirror.
provided. Move the steering wheel
a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
To turn LKA on and off, press A to dismiss.
on the center stack. When the System Does Not
vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and Seem to Work Properly
maintain proper vehicle position The system performance may be
within the lane, or vehicle affected by:
damage, injury, or death could
. Close vehicles ahead.
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and . Sudden lighting changes, such
camera sensors clean and in as when driving through tunnels.
good repair. Do not use LKA in When on, A is green if LKA is
. Banked roads.
bad weather conditions. available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently . Roads with poor lane markings,
turning the steering wheel and such as two-lane roads.
{ Warning display A as amber if the vehicle If the LKA system is not functioning
approaches a detected lane marking properly when lane markings are
Using LKA while towing a trailer without using a turn signal in that clearly visible, cleaning the
or on slippery roads could cause direction. It may also provide an windshield may help.
loss of control of the vehicle and LDW alert by flashing A amber
a crash. Turn the system off. as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts Fuel use gasoline with an octane rating
may occur due to tar marks, below 87, as it may cause engine
shadows, cracks in the road, Use of the recommended fuel is an damage and will lower fuel
temporary or construction lane important part of the proper economy.
markings, or other road maintenance of this vehicle. When
If the vehicle has an LTG 2.0L L4
imperfections. This is normal system driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
Turbo engine, use premium
operation; the vehicle does not need help keep the engine clean and
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
service. Turn LKA off if these maintain optimum vehicle
specification D4814 with a posted
conditions continue. performance, we recommend using
octane rating of 91 or higher.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
Regular unleaded gasoline rated at
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
87 octane or higher can be used,
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
but acceleration and fuel economy
will be reduced, and an audible
knocking noise may be heard. If this
occurs, use a gasoline rated at
91 octane or higher as soon as
possible. Otherwise, the engine
could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
higher, the engine needs service.
If the vehicle has an LF3 3.6L V6
Twin Turbo or the LT4 V8 engine,
use premium unleaded gasoline
If the vehicle has an LGX 3.6L meeting ASTM specification D4814
V6 engine, use regular unleaded with a posted octane rating of 91 or
gasoline meeting ASTM higher. If the octane is less than 91,
specification D4814 with a posted damage to the engine may occur
octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not and may void the vehicle warranty.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
If heavy knocking is heard when meet California specifications. See

using gasoline rated at 91 octane or Caution the underhood emission control
higher, the engine needs service. label. If this fuel is not available in
Do not use fuel containing states adopting California Emissions
Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal Standards, the vehicle will operate
Use summer and winter fuels in the parts in the fuel system and also satisfactorily on fuels meeting
appropriate season. The fuels damage plastic and rubber parts. federal specifications, but emission
industry automatically modifies the That damage would not be control system performance might
fuel for the appropriate season. covered under the vehicle be affected. The malfunction
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for warranty. indicator lamp could turn on and the
long periods of time, driving or vehicle may not pass a smog-check
starting could be affected. Drive the Some gasolines, mainly high octane test. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half racing gasolines, can contain an Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 126.
tank or less, then refuel with the octane-enhancing additive called If this occurs, return to your
current seasonal fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use is determined that the condition is
Prohibited Fuels
gasolines and/or fuel additives with caused by the type of fuel used,
Gasolines containing oxygenates MMT as they can reduce spark plug repairs may not be covered by the
such as ethers and ethanol, as well life and affect emission control vehicle warranty.
as reformulated gasolines, are system performance. The
available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn Fuels in Foreign
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
on. If this occurs, see your dealer Countries
for service.
then they are acceptable to use. If planning to drive in countries
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and outside the U.S. or Canada, the
other fuels containing more than California Fuel proper fuel might be hard to find.
15% ethanol must be used only in Requirements Check regional auto club or fuel
FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability
California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never
designed to operate on fuels that use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
fuel not recommended. Costly

repairs caused by use of improper Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
fuel would not be covered by the
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
vehicle warranty.
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
all the instructions on the any hiss noise to stop prior
Fuel Additives fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Turn off the engine when
TIER Detergent Gasoline is refueling.
recommended. See Fuel 0 251.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is smoking materials away
not available, one bottle of Fuel from fuel.
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil . Do not leave the fuel pump
change, can help. Fuel System unattended.
Treatment PLUS is the only . Do not use a cell phone
gasoline additive recommended by while refueling.
General Motors. It is available at
. Do not reenter the vehicle
your dealer.
while pumping fuel.
Filling the Tank . Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
{ Warning children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door. The fuel door is locked
. Fuel can spray out if the
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn refueling nozzle is inserted when the vehicle doors are locked.
violently and can cause injury or too quickly. This spray can Press K on the RKE transmitter to
death. happen if the tank is nearly unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
(Continued) full, and is more likely in hot (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
The vehicle has a capless refueling

system and does not have a fuel { Warning Warning (Continued)
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting If a fire starts while you are fire and you or others could be
fuel flow. refueling, do not remove the badly burned and the vehicle
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by could be damaged.
shutting off the pump or by
{ Warning notifying the station attendant. 3. After filling the tank, remove
Overfilling the fuel tank by more Leave the area immediately. and clean the funnel adapter
than three clicks of a standard fill and return it to the storage
nozzle may cause: Filling the Tank with a Portable location.
. Vehicle performance issues, Gas Can
including engine stalling and If the vehicle runs out of fuel and Filling a Portable Fuel
damage to the fuel system. must be filled from a portable Container
. Fuel spills. gas can:
. Potential fuel fires. 1. Locate the capless funnel { Warning
adapter from under the carpet
in the trunk. Filling a portable fuel container
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a while it is in the vehicle can cause
few seconds after you have finished 2. Insert and latch the funnel into fuel vapors that can ignite either
pumping before removing the the capless fuel system. by static electricity or other
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted means. You or others could be
surfaces as soon as possible. See { Warning badly burned and the vehicle
Exterior Care 0 337. could be damaged. Always:
Attempting to refuel without using
the funnel adapter may cause fuel . Use approved fuel
spillage and damage the capless containers.
fuel system. This could cause a (Continued)
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing first 2 414 km (1,500 mi) to
prevent damage to the engine,
. Remove the container from General Towing axle, or other parts.
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Information
bed before filling. . Then during the first 800 km
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
. Place the container on the
been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
ground. do not make starts at full throttle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
. Place the nozzle inside the dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
fill opening of the container the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower
before dispensing fuel, and the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts
keep it in contact with the fill trailer. too often under heavy loads and/
opening until filling is or hilly conditions.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
complete.
Towing the Vehicle 0 334. For . Do not use Adaptive Cruise
. Fill the container no more towing the vehicle behind another Control when towing.
than 95% full to allow for vehicle such as a motor home, see
expansion. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 335. . The Front Automatic Braking
System should be set to Off
. Do not smoke, light
Driving Characteristics when towing. See Front
matches, or use lighters Automatic Braking (FAB)
while pumping fuel. and Towing Tips System 0 245.
. Avoid using cell phones or Driving with a Trailer . Turn off Parking Assist when
other electronic devices. towing.
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with necessary to go much farther

{ Warning the handling and braking of the rig beyond the passed vehicle before
before setting out for the open road. returning to the lane.
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up
the vehicle and enter if the parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Hold the bottom of the steering
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most wheel with one hand. To move the
window is open. tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the trailer to the left, move that hand to
When towing a trailer: combination moving and then apply the left. To move the trailer to the
the trailer brake controller by hand right, move your hand to the right.
. Do not drive with the
to be sure the brakes work. Always back up slowly and,
liftgate, trunk/hatch, if possible, have someone
or rear-most window open. During the trip, check occasionally guide you.
. Fully open the air outlets on to be sure that the load is secure
or under the instrument and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns
panel. brakes still work.
. Also adjust the climate Following Distance Caution
control system to a setting Stay at least twice as far behind the Making very sharp turns while
that brings in only outside vehicle ahead as you would when trailering could cause the trailer to
air. See Climate Control driving the vehicle without a trailer. come in contact with the vehicle.
Systems in the Index. This can help to avoid heavy The vehicle could be damaged.
For more information about braking and sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns
carbon monoxide, see Engine while trailering.
Passing
Exhaust 0 210.
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The When turning with a trailer, make
Towing a trailer requires a certain combination will not accelerate as wider turns than normal. Do this so
amount of experience. The quickly and is longer so it is the trailer will not strike soft
combination you are driving is shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
longer and not as responsive as the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
or other objects. Avoid jerky or vehicle may show signs similar to 2. Have someone place chocks
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in engine overheating. To avoid this, under the trailer wheels.
advance. let the engine run while parked, 3. When the wheel chocks are in
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn preferably on level ground, with the place, release the regular
out, the arrows on the instrument automatic transmission in P (Park) brakes until the chocks absorb
cluster will still flash for turns. It is for a few minutes before turning the the load.
important to check occasionally to engine off. If the overheat warning
comes on, see Engine 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
be sure the trailer bulbs are still apply the parking brake and
working. Overheating 0 282.
shift into P (Park).
Driving on Grades Parking on Hills
5. Release the brake pedal.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
{ Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill
steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with 1. Apply and hold the brake
transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be pedal.
brakes might get hot and no longer dangerous. If something goes 2. Start the engine.
work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. 3. Shift into a gear.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift People can be injured, and both
the transmission to a lower gear if the vehicle and the trailer can be 4. Release the parking brake.
the transmission shifts too often damaged. When possible, always 5. Let up on the brake pedal.
under heavy loads and/or hilly park the rig on a flat surface.
conditions. 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill:
steep uphill grades, consider the 7. Stop and have someone pick
following: Engine coolant will boil at 1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks.
a lower temperature than at normal not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
altitudes. If the engine is turned off the wheels into the curb if
immediately after towing at high facing downhill or into traffic if
altitude on steep uphill grades, the facing uphill.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Maintenance when Trailer . The total weight on your Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Towing vehicle's tires.
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
The vehicle needs service more Weight of the Trailer an important weight to measure
often when pulling a trailer. See because it affects the total gross
How heavy can a trailer safely be? weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
Things that are especially important It should never weigh more than Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
in trailer operation are automatic 1136 kg (2,500 lb). But even that curb weight of the vehicle, any
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle can be too heavy. cargo carried in it, and the people
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and It depends on how the rig is used. who will be riding in the vehicle.
brake system. It is a good idea to For example, speed, altitude, road If there are a lot of options,
inspect these before and during grades, outside temperature, and equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the trip. how much the vehicle is used to pull the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
a trailer are all important. It can weight the vehicle can carry, which
Check periodically to see that all
depend on any special equipment will also reduce the trailer weight the
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
on the vehicle, and the amount of vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
tongue weight the vehicle can carry. the tongue load must be added to
Trailer Towing (L4 the GVW because the vehicle will
See Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Engine) later in this section. be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 199.
A maximum speed of 100 km/h Maximum trailer weight is calculated
must not be exceeded, even in assuming only the driver is in the
countries where higher speed limits tow vehicle and it has all the
are permitted. required trailering equipment. The
Before pulling a trailer, there are weight of additional optional
three important considerations that equipment, passengers, and cargo
have to do with weight: in the tow vehicle must be
. The weight of the trailer. subtracted from the maximum trailer
weight.
. The weight of the trailer tongue.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
label. See Vehicle Load Limits sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
0 199. Make sure not to go over the carbon monoxide (CO) from the
GVW limit for the vehicle, including exhaust can get into the vehicle.
the weight of the trailer tongue. See Engine Exhaust 0 210.
Trailer Towing (V6, Safety Chains

V-Series, and Twin Turbo) Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
The vehicle is neither designed nor safety chains under the tongue of
intended to tow a trailer. the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
Towing Equipment (L4 becomes separated from the hitch.
Engine) Leave enough slack so the rig can
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
turn. Never allow safety chains to
10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (2). Hitches drag on the ground.
After loading the trailer, weigh the Use the correct hitch equipment. Trailer Brakes
trailer and then the tongue, See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
assistance. Does the trailer have its own
separately, to see if the weights are brakes? Be sure to read and follow
proper. If they are not, adjustments . The rear bumper on the vehicle the instructions for the trailer brakes
might be made by moving some is not intended for hitches. Do so they are installed, adjusted, and
items around in the trailer. not attach rental hitches or other maintained properly.
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's only a frame-mounted hitch that Because the vehicle has antilock
Tires does not attach to the bumper. brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If this is done, both
Be sure the vehicle's tires are . Will any holes be made in the brake systems will not work well or
inflated to the upper limit for cold body of the vehicle when the at all.
tires. These numbers can be found trailer hitch is installed? If so,
on the Tire and Loading Information seal the holes when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Towing Equipment (V6, Conversions and Caution

V-Series, and Twin Turbo) Add-Ons
The vehicle is neither designed nor Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
intended to tow a trailer. Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 126. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
device may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 84 and Adding Equipment
vehicle operation and cause a to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 84.
access information stored in the
vehicles systems.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 261
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 288

Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Lock Control Function All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
General Information Park Brake and P (Park) Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 262 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 289 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
California Proposition Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 290 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 290 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 305
California Perchlorate
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Materials Requirements . . . . . 262 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Doing Your Own Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Engine Compartment LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 292 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 274 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Automatic Transmission Electrical System When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Electrical System Overload . . . 293 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 276 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 293 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Engine Compartment Fuse Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 282 Instrument Panel Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Rear Compartment Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Battery - North America . . . . . . 287 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 321
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
262 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
Tire Sealant and and systems, many fluids, and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Storing the Tire Sealant and your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
and supported service people.
Jump Starting See Battery - North America 0 287
Jump Starting - North Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 these marks: America 0 332.
Towing the Vehicle California Perchlorate

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Recreational Vehicle Materials Requirements
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
Appearance Care
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
and lithium batteries contained in
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 263
airbags, braking, stability, ride and GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks
handling, emissions systems, complement and function with other
aerodynamics, durability, and systems on the vehicle. See your
electronic systems like antilock dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own
brakes, traction control, and stability using genuine GM Accessories Service Work
control. These accessories or installed by a dealer technician.
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84.
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on
Damage to suspension components your vehicle if you do not have
caused by modifying vehicle height the proper knowledge, service
outside of factory settings will not be manual, tools, or parts. Always
covered by the warranty. follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the for your vehicle before doing any
installation or use of non-GM service work.
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is If doing some of your own service
not covered under the terms of the work, use the proper service
vehicle warranty and may affect manual. It tells you much more
remaining warranty coverage for about how to service the vehicle
affected parts. than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 375.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
264 Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 361.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Hood find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
To open the hood: under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and at the
same time raise the hood.
To close the hood:
Before closing the hood, be sure all
filler caps are on properly. Then,
1. Pull the hood release lever with bring the hood from full open to
this symbol on it. It is on the within 152 mm (6 in) of the closed
lower left side of the instrument position. Pause, then push the front
panel. center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 265
Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 LTG Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
266 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid

Reservoir. See Washer
Fluid 0 284.
2. Remote Positive (+) Battery
Terminal. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 332.
3. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 294.
4. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 278.
5. Remote Negative (-) Battery
6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 272.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 278.
8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 272.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 276.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 285.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 267
3.6L V6 LGX Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
268 Vehicle Care

Fluid 0 284.
Block 0 294.
View). See Cooling
System 0 278.
Engine Oil 0 272.
Engine Oil 0 272.
Brake Fluid 0 285.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 269
3.6L V6 LF3 Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
270 Vehicle Care

Fluid 0 284.
Block 0 294.
View). See Cooling
System 0 278.
Engine Oil 0 272.
Engine Oil 0 272.
Brake Fluid 0 285.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 271
6.2L V8 LT4 Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
272 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil must be on level ground. The

Reservoir. See Washer engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
Fluid 0 284. To ensure proper engine See Engine Compartment Overview
performance and long life, careful 0 265 for the location of the engine
2. Remote Positive (+) Battery attention must be paid to engine oil.
Terminal. See Jump Starting - oil dipstick.
Following these simple, but
North America 0 332. important steps will help protect 1. If the engine has been running
3. Engine Compartment Fuse your investment: recently, turn off the engine and
Block 0 294. allow several minutes for the oil
. Use engine oil approved to the to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Engine Coolant Surge Tank proper specification and of the Checking the oil level too soon
and Pressure Cap. See proper viscosity grade. See after engine shutoff will not
Cooling System 0 278. Selecting the Right Engine Oil provide an accurate oil level
in this section. reading.
Terminal. See Jump Starting - . Check the engine oil level
North America 0 332. regularly and maintain the { Warning
proper oil level. See Checking
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See The engine oil dipstick handle
Engine Oil and When to Add
Engine Oil 0 272. may be hot; it could burn you.
Engine Oil in this section.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of . Change the engine oil at the Use a towel or glove to touch the
View). See Cooling appropriate time. See Engine Oil dipstick handle.
System 0 278. Life System 0 274.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of . Always dispose of engine oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
View). See Engine Oil 0 272. with a clean paper towel or
properly. See What to Do with
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 276. Used Oil in this section. cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil keeping the tip down, and
Brake Fluid 0 285. check the level.
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 273
When to Add Engine Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil in Add enough oil to put the level
this section for an explanation of somewhere in the proper operating
what kind of oil to use. For engine range. Push the dipstick all the way
oil crankcase capacity, see back in when through.
Capacities and Specifications 0 363.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Caution Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
2.0L LTG L4 Turbo Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade.
levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and
acceptable operating range Lubricants 0 358.
shown on the dipstick are harmful Specification
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the Ask for and use engine oils that
operating range, i.e., the engine meet the dexos1 specification.
has so much oil that the oil level Engine oils that have been
3.6L LF3 V6 Twin Turbo approved by GM as meeting the
gets above the cross-hatched
dexos1 specification are marked
area that shows the proper
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
operating range, the engine could
www.gmdexos.com.
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
3.6L LGX V6 Shown, 6.2L LT4 V8 excess amount of oil.
Similar
If the oil is below the cross-hatched See Engine Compartment Overview
area at the tip of the dipstick, add 0 265 for the location of the engine
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil oil fill cap.
and then recheck the level. See
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
274 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
Caution
Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
Failure to use the recommended recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
engine oil or equivalent can result engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based
in engine damage not covered by vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
the vehicle warranty. include engine revolutions, engine
What to Do with Used Oil
temperature, and miles driven.
Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
Viscosity Grade
elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
engine oil. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
area of extreme cold, where the skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
temperature falls below 29 C or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
(20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be that oil life has been diminished, it
used. An oil of this viscosity grade containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
will provide easier cold starting for necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
the engine at extremely low use and disposal of oil products.
OIL SOON message comes on. See
temperatures. When selecting an oil Used oil can be a threat to the Engine Oil Messages 0 143.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
is recommended to select an oil of own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
the correct specification. See from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
Specification earlier in this section. dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 275
system might indicate that an oil 1. Using the DIC buttons, display If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
change is not necessary for up to a REMAINING OIL LIFE on the message comes back on when the
year. The engine oil and filter must DIC. See Driver Information vehicle is started, the engine oil life
be changed at least once a year Center (DIC) 0 135 and Engine system has not been reset. Repeat
and at this time the system must be Oil Messages 0 143. the procedure.
reset. Your dealer has trained 2. Press and hold SEL to clear
service people who will perform this the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Automatic Transmission
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
SOON message and reset the Fluid
oil life at 100%.
over the course of an oil drain How to Check Automatic
interval and keep it at the proper Be careful not to reset the oil Transmission Fluid
level. life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is It is not necessary to check the
If the system is ever reset changed. It cannot be reset transmission fluid level.
accidentally, the oil must be accurately until the next oil A transmission fluid leak is the only
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) change. reason for fluid loss. If a leak
since the last oil change. occurs, take the vehicle to your
Remember to reset the oil life The oil life system can also be reset dealer and have it repaired as soon
system whenever the oil is changed. as follows:
as possible.
How to Reset the Engine Oil 1. Turn the ignition on with the
The vehicle is not equipped with a
engine off.
Life System transmission fluid level dipstick.
2. Fully press and release the There is a special procedure for
Reset the system whenever the
accelerator pedal three times checking and changing the
engine oil is changed so that the
within five seconds. transmission fluid. Because this
system can calculate the next
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL procedure is difficult, this should be
engine oil change. To reset the
SOON message is not on, the done at the dealer. Contact your
system:
system is reset. dealer for additional information.
The system is reset when the

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message is off.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
276 Vehicle Care
Change the fluid and filter at the the engine air cleaner/filter (away 2. Lift the air/cleaner/filter cover
intervals listed in Maintenance from the vehicle), to release loose away from the air cleaner/filter
Schedule 0 349, and be sure to use dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air housing.
the fluid listed in Recommended cleaner/filter for damage, and 3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 358. replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or 4. Inspect or replace the air
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter components with water or cleaner/filter.
compressed air. 5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstall
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the driver To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ the air cleaner/filter cover.
side of the vehicle. See Engine filter:
Compartment Overview 0 265.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance
Schedule 0 349.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the 3.6L V6 LF3 Engine
engine running with the engine air 2.0L L4 LTG Engine Shown, 3.6L
cleaner/filter housing open. Before V6 LGX Engine Similar 1. Lower Air Duct Clamp
removing the engine air cleaner/ 2. Lower Electrical Connector
filter, make sure that the engine air 1. Remove the four screws on top 3. Upper Air Duct Clamp
cleaner/filter housing and nearby of the air cleaner/filter cover.
4. Upper Electrical Connector
components are free of dirt and 5. Screws
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 277
1. Disconnect the lower and

upper outlet ducts by loosening { Warning
the lower (1) and upper (3) air
duct clamps. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
2. Disconnect the lower (2) and others to be burned. The air
upper (4) electrical connectors cleaner not only cleans the air; it
and wiring attachments to air helps to stop flames if the engine
cleaner/filter cover. backfires. Use caution when
3. Remove the screws (5) on top working on the engine and do not
of the air cleaner/filter cover. drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
4. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover
away from the air cleaner/filter 6.2L V8 LT4 Engine
housing. Caution
1. Remove the screws on top of
5. Pull out the air cleaner/filter. the air cleaner/filter cover. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
6. Inspect or replace the air 2. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover can easily get into the engine,
cleaner/filter. away from the air cleaner/filter which could damage it. Always
7. Reverse Steps 1-5 to reinstall housing. have the air cleaner/filter in place
the air cleaner/filter cover. when you are driving.
3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.
4. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter.
5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstall
the air cleaner/filter cover.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
278 Vehicle Care
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
3.6L V6 LGX Engine 3.6L V6 LF3 Engine
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank

and Pressure Cap and Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
2.0L L4 LTG Engine of View) of View)

and Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 279
Engine Coolant
{ Warning
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. See Maintenance Schedule
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, 0 349 and Recommended Fluids
you can be burned. and Lubricants 0 358.
Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling
leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add
could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a
cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating,
could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 0 282.
6.2L V8 LT4 Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use
and Pressure Cap
Caution
{ Warning
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) Adding only plain water or some
Using coolant other than
other liquid to the cooling system
DEX-COOL can cause
can be dangerous. Plain water
{ Warning premature engine, heater core,
and other liquids, can boil before
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
An electric engine cooling fan the proper coolant mixture will.
the engine coolant could require
under the hood can start up even The coolant warning system is set
changing sooner. Any repairs
when the engine is not running for the proper coolant mixture.
would not be covered by the
and can cause injury. Keep With plain water or the wrong
vehicle warranty. Always use
hands, clothing, and tools away mixture, the engine could get too
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
from any underhood electric fan. hot but you would not get the
in the vehicle.
overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
280 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The vehicle must be on a level
could catch fire and you or others If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
could be burned. Use a 50/ inhibitors, or additives are used in level.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the It is normal to see coolant moving in
water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. It is
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean mixture can freeze and crack also normal to see bubbles entering
drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs the surge tank through the
coolant. This mixture: would not be covered by the small hose.
vehicle warranty. Use only the Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Gives freezing protection down
proper mixture of engine coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
to 37 C (34 F), outside for the cooling system. See
temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is
Recommended Fluids and boiling, do not do anything else until
. Gives boiling protection up to Lubricants 0 358. it cools down.
129 C (265 F), engine
temperature. If coolant is visible but the coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by level is not at or above the COLD
. Protects against rust and putting it in the trash, pouring it on FILL line, add a 50/50 mixture of
corrosion. the ground, or into sewers, streams, clean drinkable water and
. Will not damage aluminum parts. or bodies of water. Have the coolant DEX-COOL coolant.
changed by an authorized service
. Helps keep the proper engine Be sure the cooling system is cool
center, familiar with legal
temperature. before this is done.
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help It is normal for the coolant level in
protect the environment and your the bottom chamber to rise and fall
health. with operating temperature and
ambient conditions. Coolant will
evaporate from the bottom chamber
in normal operation. This will
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 281
happen faster when the vehicle is

driven for long periods in hot, dry { Warning Warning (Continued)
conditions.
Steam and scalding liquids from a could be burned. Use a 50/
If no coolant is visible in the coolant hot cooling system can blow out 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
surge tank, add coolant as follows: and burn you badly. Never turn water and DEX-COOL coolant.
How to Add Coolant to the the cap when the cooling system,
Coolant Surge Tank including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling Caution
system and surge tank pressure
Caution cap to cool. In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
This vehicle has a specific
heater core, and other parts. Use
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause { Warning the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.
the engine to overheat and be
Adding only plain water or some
severely damaged.
other liquid to the cooling system
If no problem is found, check to see

can be dangerous. Plain water { Warning
and other liquids, can boil before
if coolant is visible in the coolant the proper coolant mixture will. You can be burned if you spill
surge tank. If coolant is visible but The coolant warning system is set coolant on hot engine parts.
the coolant level is not at the bottom for the proper coolant mixture. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
of the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixture With plain water or the wrong and it will burn if the engine parts
of clean, drinkable water and mixture, the engine could get too are hot enough. Do not spill
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant hot but you would not get the coolant on a hot engine.
surge tank, but be sure the cooling
overheat warning. The engine
system, including the coolant surge
could catch fire and you or others 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
tank pressure cap, is cool before
you do it. (Continued) pressure cap from the top
chamber when the cooling
system, including the coolant
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
282 Vehicle Care
surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the surge tank top chamber
upper radiator hose, is no with the proper DEX-COOL Caution
longer hot. coolant mixture to the bottom
of the fill neck. The top If the pressure cap is not tightly
Turn the pressure cap slowly installed, coolant loss and
counterclockwise. If you hear a chamber needs to be
completely full. Fill the surge possible engine damage may
hiss, wait for that to stop. This occur. Be sure the cap is properly
will allow any pressure still left tank bottom chamber through
the service port to and tightly secured.
to be vented out the
discharge hose. approximately half.
4. With the coolant surge tank Check the level in the surge tank
2. Keep turning the pressure cap top and bottom chambers when the
slowly and remove it. Open the pressure cap off and the surge
tank service port cap open, cooling system has cooled down.
surge tank service port cap to If the coolant is not at the proper
the lower chamber. The service start the engine and let it run
until you can feel the upper levels, repeat Steps 13 and
port is behind the top chamber. reinstall the pressure cap and close
radiator hose getting hot.
Watch out for the engine the service port. If the coolant still is
cooling fan(s). not at the proper levels when the
system cools down again, see your
By this time, the coolant level dealer.
inside the coolant surge tank
top chamber may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more Engine Overheating
of the proper DEX-COOL The vehicle has an indicator to warn
coolant mixture to the surge of the engine overheating.
tank top chamber until the level
If the decision is made not to lift the
reaches the bottom of the
hood when this warning appears,
fill neck.
get service help right away. See
5. Replace the surge tank Roadside Service 0 369.
pressure cap tightly and close
the surge tank service port cap.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 283
If the decision is made to lift the If No Steam Is Coming from

hood, make sure the vehicle is Warning (Continued) the Engine Compartment
parked on a level surface.
off and get everyone away from If an engine overheat warning is
Then check to see if the engine the vehicle until it cools down. displayed but no steam can be seen
cooling fan is running. If the engine Wait until there is no sign of or heard, the problem may not be
is overheating, the fan should be steam or coolant before you open too serious. Sometimes the engine
running. If it is not, do not continue the hood. can get a little too hot when the
to run the engine. Have the vehicle vehicle:
serviced. If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
Caution in it can catch fire. You or others . Stops after high-speed driving.
could be badly burned. Stop the . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Running the engine without engine if it overheats, and get out
coolant may cause damage or a of the vehicle until the engine If the overheat warning is displayed
fire. Vehicle damage would not be is cool. with no sign of steam:
covered by the vehicle warranty. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
If Steam Is Coming from the 2. Turn the heater on to the
If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment with No highest temperature and to the
Engine Compartment Overheat Warning highest fan speed. Open the
(V-Series Only) windows as necessary.
{ Warning The V-Series hood vent is 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
functional, and will allow water from the road, shift to P (Park) or
Steam from an overheated engine rain and car washes to enter the N (Neutral) and let the
can burn you badly, even if you engine compartment and contact engine idle.
just open the hood. Stay away hot surfaces. If steam is seen If the overheat warning no longer
from the engine if you see or hear coming from the hood vent with no displays, the vehicle can be driven.
steam coming from it. Just turn it accompanying overheat warning, no Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
(Continued) action is required. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
284 Vehicle Care
front. If the warning does not come Adding Washer Fluid

back on, continue to drive normally Caution (Continued)
and have the cooling system
. Do not mix water with
checked for proper fill and function.
ready-to-use washer fluid.
If the warning continues, pull over, Water can cause the
stop, and park the vehicle solution to freeze and
right away. damage the washer fluid
If there is no sign of steam, idle the tank and other parts of the
engine for three minutes while Open the cap with the washer washer system.
parked. If the warning is still symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . When using concentrated
displayed, turn off the engine until it the tank is full. See Engine
washer fluid, follow the
cools down. Compartment Overview 0 265 for
manufacturer instructions for
reservoir location.
adding water.
Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank
Caution
What to Use only three-quarters full when
. Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows
When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water for fluid expansion if
needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could
manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to damage the tank if it is
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip. completely full.
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not use engine coolant
sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the Brakes
freezing. windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield Disc brake pads have built-in wear
washer system and paint. indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
(Continued) are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 285
heard all the time when the vehicle If equipped with high performance replacement brake parts are
is moving, except when applying the brake linings, there could be an installed or parts are improperly
brake pedal firmly. increased build-up of brake dust as installed.
well as minor noises as compared
Cold Weather Brake Operation
{ Warning to standard brake linings.
(CTS-V Model)
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
The brake wear warning sound necessary to help prevent brake High performance brake
means that soon the brakes will pulsation. When tires are rotated, components may bind and clunk
not work well. That could lead to inspect brake pads for wear and when moving the vehicle. This may
a crash. When the brake wear evenly tighten wheel nuts in the be noticeable after parking when the
warning sound is heard, have the proper sequence to torque brakes have been wet, such as
vehicle serviced. specifications. See Capacities and when driving in the rain or after a
Specifications 0 363. car wash. This is normal for brakes
with high friction pads and does not
Brake pads should be replaced as affect the operation of the brakes.
Caution complete sets. Apply the brakes several times until
Continuing to drive with worn-out Brake Pedal Travel the binding or clunking stops. Drive
brake pads could result in costly the vehicle and apply the brakes
See your dealer if the brake pedal several times if it is washed before
brake repair.
does not return to normal height, long-term storage.
or if there is a rapid increase in
Some driving conditions or climates pedal travel. This could be a sign Brake Fluid
can cause a brake squeal when the that brake service may be required.
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean Replacing Brake System Parts
something is wrong with the brakes. Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
286 Vehicle Care
The brake master cylinder reservoir Do not top off the brake fluid. at the specified intervals to prevent
is filled with GM approved DOT 3 Adding fluid does not correct a leak. increased stopping distance. See
brake fluid as indicated on the If fluid is added when the linings are Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid
Compartment Overview 0 265 for when new brake linings are What to Add
the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as Use only GM approved DOT 3
necessary, only when work is done brake fluid from a clean, sealed
Checking Brake Fluid on the brake hydraulic system. container. See Recommended
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a Fluids and Lubricants 0 358.
level surface, the brake fluid level { Warning
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake If too much brake fluid is added, it
{ Warning
fluid reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn, The wrong or contaminated brake
There are only two reasons why the if the engine is hot enough. You fluid could result in damage to the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may or others could be burned, and brake system. This could result in
go down: the vehicle could be damaged. the loss of braking leading to a
Add brake fluid only when work is possible injury. Always use the
. Normal brake lining wear. When
done on the brake hydraulic proper GM approved brake fluid.
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up. system.
. A fluid leak in the brake Caution
hydraulic system. Have the When the brake fluid falls to a low
brake hydraulic system fixed. level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the
With a leak, the brakes will not on. See Brake System Warning
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
work well. Light 0 128.
paint finish can be damaged.
Always clean the brake fluid Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
reservoir cap and the area around which degrades the effectiveness of surface.
the cap before removing it. the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 287
Battery - North America After a power loss, such as Vehicle Storage

disconnecting the battery or
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
removing the maxi fuses in the
power distribution fuse block, the
{ Warning
the cap and do not add fluid. following steps must be performed Batteries have acid that can burn
The battery is in the trunk, behind to calibrate the electronic throttle you and gas that can explode.
the trim panel, on the driver side of control. If this is not done, the You can be badly hurt if you are
the vehicle. Refer to the engine will not run properly. not careful. See Jump Starting -
replacement number shown on the 1. Turn the ignition on but do not North America 0 332 for tips on
original battery label when a new start the engine. working around a battery without
battery is needed. getting hurt.
2. Leave the ignition on for at
least three minutes so that the
{ Warning electronic throttle control will Infrequent Usage: Remove the
WARNING: Battery posts, cycle and relearn its home black, negative () cable from the
terminals, and related position. battery to keep the battery from
accessories contain lead and lead 3. Turn the ignition off. running down.
compounds, chemicals known to 4. Start and run the engine for at Extended Storage: Remove the
the State of California to cause least 30 seconds. black, negative () cable from the
cancer and birth defects or other battery or use a battery trickle
reproductive harm. Batteries also charger.
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause All-Wheel Drive
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER If the vehicle is equipped with
HANDLING. See California All-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is an
Proposition 65 Warning 0 262. additional system that needs
lubrication.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
288 Vehicle Care
Transfer Case How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the

vehicle should be on a level
When to Check Lubricant surface.
It is not necessary to regularly If the level is below the bottom of
check the transfer case fluid unless the fill plug hole, on the transfer
a leak is suspected or an unusual case, some lubricant will need to be
noise is heard. A fluid loss could added. Add enough lubricant to
indicate a problem. Have it raise the level to the bottom of the
inspected and repaired. fill plug hole. Use care not to
overtighten the fill plug.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 358 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Starter Switch Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Fill Plug 1. Before starting this check, be

2. Drain Plug sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 289
2. Firmly apply both the parking 1. Before starting this check, be

brake and the regular brake. sure there is enough room Warning (Continued)
Do not use the accelerator around the vehicle. It should be
pedal, and be ready to turn off parked on a level surface. and property could be damaged.
the engine immediately if it Make sure there is room in front
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. of the vehicle in case it begins to
starts. See Electric Parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular
3. Try to start the engine in each Brake 0 215. brake at once should the vehicle
gear. The vehicle should start Be ready to apply the regular begin to move.
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). brake immediately if the vehicle
If the vehicle starts in any other begins to move.
position, contact your dealer for Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
service. 3. With the engine off, turn the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
ignition on, but do not start the your foot on the regular brake, set
Automatic Transmission engine. Without applying the the parking brake.
regular brake, try to move the
Shift Lock Control shift lever out of P (Park) with
. To check the parking brake's
Function Check holding ability: With the engine
normal effort. If the shift lever
running and the transmission in
moves out of P (Park), contact
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
{ Warning your dealer for service.
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
When you are doing this Park Brake and P (Park) held by the parking brake only.
inspection, the vehicle could Mechanism Check
move suddenly. If the vehicle . To check the P (Park)
moves, you or others could be mechanism's holding ability:
injured. { Warning With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
When you are doing this check, parking brake followed by the
the vehicle could begin to move. regular brake.
You or others could be injured
Contact your dealer if service is
(Continued) required.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
290 Vehicle Care
Wiper Blade Replacement Driver Assistance Systems

Windshield wiper blades should be When a windshield replacement is
inspected for wear and cracking. needed and the vehicle is equipped
with a front-looking camera sensor
Replacement blades come in for the Driver Assistance Systems,
different types and are removed in the windshield must be installed
different ways. For proper type and according to GM specifications for
length, see Maintenance these systems to work properly. If it
Replacement Parts 0 359. is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
Caution these systems. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 145.
Allowing the wiper arm to touch 2. Press the button in the middle
the windshield when no wiper of the wiper arm connector,
blade is installed could damage and pull the wiper blade away
the windshield. Any damage that from the arm connector.
occurs would not be covered by
3. Remove the wiper blade.
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the 4. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper
windshield. blade replacement.
To replace the windshield wiper

Windshield Replacement
blade: HUD System
1. Pull the windshield wiper The windshield is part of the HUD
assembly away from the system. If the windshield must be
windshield. The passenger replaced, get one that is designed
side wiper arm has limited for HUD or the HUD image may
travel. look out of focus.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 291
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 292. { Warning
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure The high intensity discharge
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
{ Warning technician service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you After an HID headlamp bulb has
drop or scratch the bulb. You or been replaced, the beam might be a
others could be injured. Be sure slightly different shade than it was
to read and follow the instructions originally. This is normal.
on the bulb package.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
292 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp 2. Bulb Replacement Bulbs

3. Lamp Assembly
Exterior Lamp Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs: Number
1. Push the lamp assembly (3) License W5W LL
toward the center of the Plate Lamp
vehicle.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down For replacement bulbs not listed
to remove. here, contact your dealer.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
Lamp Assembly the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly.
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release
tab locks into place.
Bulb Assembly
1. Bulb Socket
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 293
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
An electrical overload may cause
windshield wipers.
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the If the overload is caused by an
Overload headlamp wiring checked right away electrical problem and not snow or
The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or ice, be sure to get it fixed.
breakers to protect against an remain off.
electrical system overload. Fuses and Circuit
Windshield Wipers
When the current electrical load is Breakers
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
and closes, protecting the circuit
wipers will stop. Wiper function is protected from short circuits by a
until the current load returns to
available immediately after the wiper combination of fuses and circuit
normal or the problem is fixed. This
switch is set to off, and back to on. breakers. This greatly reduces the
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
chance of damage caused by
overload and fire caused by To protect the wiper motor from electrical problems.
electrical problems. overheating, the wipers may slow
down when the windshield is dry for To check a fuse, look at the
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
a long period of time. If a period of silver-colored band inside the fuse.
power devices in the vehicle.
dry operation, or little moisture, If the band is broken or melted,
Replace a bad fuse with a new one exceeds 10 minutes, the wipers replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
of the identical size and rating. may switch to intermittent operation, a bad fuse with a new one of the
If there is a problem on the road and and remain there. When moisture is identical size and rating.
a fuse needs to be replaced, the again detected on the windshield, Fuses of the same amperage can
same amperage fuse can be wiper operation will return to the be temporarily borrowed from
borrowed. Choose some feature of operator selected speed. another fuse location, if a fuse goes
the vehicle that is not needed to use Although the circuit is protected out. Replace the fuse as soon as
and replace it as soon as possible. from electrical overload, overload possible.
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
294 Vehicle Care
To identify and check fuses, circuit The vehicle may not be equipped
breakers, and relays, see Engine with all of the fuses and relays
Compartment Fuse Block 0 294, shown.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 297,
and Rear Compartment Fuse Caution
Block 0 299.
Spilling liquid on any electrical
Engine Compartment component on the vehicle may
Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
The underhood fuse block is on the component.
passenger side of the engine
compartment.
Lift the fuse block cover to access

the fuses.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 295
Number Usage
*3 Passenger
motorized
safety belt
4
5
6 Driver power seat
7
*8 Headlamp washer
relay
9
10
11
12
13 Passenger
power seat
14
15 Passive entry/
Passive start/Front
wiper
Number Usage 16
Number Usage 2 *17 Headlamp washer
1
18
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
296 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

19 Antilock brake 34 Wiperfront *51 Engine control
system pump 35 Steering module/Ignition
20 Antilock brake column lock *52 TCM/Ignition
system valve 36 RBEC/ignition 53 Coolant pump
*21 37 MIL/Ignition *54 Coolant pump relay
22 Driver motorized 38 PT fuse 55 Engine control
safety belt module
39 O2 sensor/
23 Wiper control relay Emissions *56 TCM
24 Wiper speed relay 40 Ignition coil/Injectors 57 Headlamp low relay
25 Engine control 41 Ignition coil/Injectors 58 Headlamp high
module relay relay
*42 Engine control
*26 module 59 Run/Crank relay
27 Heated seat 2 43 60 Starter 2 relay
28 Reverse lock out 44 *61 Vacuum pump relay
*29 AFS AHL/ 45 WASH 62 Starter relay
Pedestrian
protection 46 *63 A/C control relay
30 47 Front washer relay *64 Automatic headlamp
48 Instrument panel/ leveling
31 Passenger window
switch Body/Ignition *65 Left HID headlamp
32 49 FSCM/Ignition 66 Right HID headlamp
33 Sunroof *50 Heated steering
wheel
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 297
Number Usage To install the end cover, insert the

tabs on the back of the cover into
67 Left/Right the slots in the instrument panel at
high-beam the points shown. Align the clips
headlamp with the slots in the instrument
68 Aeroshutter panel, and press the cover into
place.
69 Horn
The vehicle may not be equipped
70 Horn relay with all of the fuses and relays
71 Coolant fan shown.
72 Starter 2
*73 Brake To access the fuses, remove the
vacuum pump end panel by gently prying with a
74 Starter plastic tool near each clip, beginning
at the point shown.
75 A/C clutch
76
* Optional
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
in the end of the driver side of the
instrument panel.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
298 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage

4 Not used
5 HVAC control
6 Tilt/Telescoping
steering column
8 Data link connect
9 Glove box release
10 Shunt
11 Body control
module 1
12 Body control
module 5
13 Not used
14 Not used
15 Not used
16 Not used
17 Not used
18 Not used
19 Auxiliary power
outlet
Mini Fuses Usage
Mini Fuses Usage 20 Lighter
3 Electric steering
2 Motorized cupholder column lock 21 Wireless charger
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 299
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

22 Sensing diagnostic K605 Logistics
module/ Automatic K644 Retained accessory
occupant sensing power/Glove box
23 Radio/DVD/HVAC release
control
24 Display Rear Compartment Fuse
25 Heated steering Block
wheel
26 Wireless charger
27 Steering wheel
switches
28 Not used
29 Visor
30 Not used
31 Not used
32 Retained accessory
power
33 Front HVAC blower The rear compartment fuse block is
CB1 Accessory power behind a cover on the driver side of
outlet power the rear compartment.
CB7 Not used The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, and
K10 Retained accessory features shown.
power/Accessory
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
300 Vehicle Care
Number Usage
3 Body control
module 8
*4 A/C inverter
5 Passive entry
passive start/
Battery 1
6 Body control
module 4
7 Heated mirror
8 Amplifier
9 Rear defogger
10 Glass break
*11 Trailer connector
12 OnStar (if equipped)
13 Right window
14 Electric parking
brake
15
16 Trunk release
Number Usage Number Usage
*17 RUN relay
*1 RR driver control 2 Left window
*18 Logistics relay
module/DC DC
transformer *19
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 301
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

20 Rear window *33 UPA *49 Trailer module
defogger relay *34 Radio/DVD 50 Door lock security
21 Mirror window 35 51 Rear closure
module release
*36 Trailer
22 52
37 Fuel pump/Fuel
23 Canister vent system control 53
24 Body control module 54 Door lock security
module 2 38 55
*25 Rear vision camera 39 *56 Fuel door
*26 Front ventilated 40
seats * Optional
41
*27 SBZA/LDW/EOCM
*42 Memory seat
*28 Trailer/Sunshade module
*29 Rear heated seats 43 Body control
*30 Semi-active module 3
damping system 44
*31 Traction control 45 Battery regulated
module/RR control voltage control
drive module
46 Engine control
32 Theft module/ module/Battery
Universal garage
door opener/Rain 47
sensor 48
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
302 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 311 for
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for
Limits 0 199. (Continued) high-speed driving.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 303
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are
roads. Consider installing winter chosen, never exceed the tire's
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent maximum speed capability.
all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer Run-Flat Tires
performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. This vehicle, when new, may have
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 318. had run-flat tires. There is no spare
specific tire performance criteria tire, no tire changing equipment,
have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be and no place to store a tire in the
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, vehicle.
equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter The vehicle also has a Tire
identified by the last two characters Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking. that indicates a loss of tire pressure
be MS. in any of the tires.
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
. Use tires of the same brand and { Warning
tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide positions. If the low tire warning light
adequate performance for most displays on the instrument cluster,
. Use only radial ply tires of the
winter driving conditions, but they the handling capabilities will be
same size, load range, and
may not offer the same level of reduced during severe
speed rating as the original
traction or performance as winter maneuvers. Driving too fast could
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
cause loss of control and you or
See Winter Tires 0 303. Winter tires with the same speed others could be injured. Do not
rating as the original equipment tires drive over 90 km/h (55 mph) when
Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, the low tire warning light is
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
This vehicle was not originally (Continued)
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
304 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
any distance while deflated, check Low-Profile Tires
with an authorized run-flat tire
service center to determine whether If the vehicle has 255/35R19,
displayed. Drive cautiously and the tire can be repaired or should be 265/35ZR19, or 295/30ZR19
check the tire pressures as soon replaced. To maintain the run-flat size tires, they are classified as
as possible. feature, all replacement tires must low-profile tires.
be run-flat tires.
Run-flat tires can be driven on with To locate the nearest GM or run-flat Caution
no air pressure. There is no need to servicing facility, call Customer
stop on the side of the road to Assistance. Low-profile tires are more
change the tire. Continue driving; susceptible to damage from road
however, do not drive too far or too The valve stems on run-flat tires
hazards or curb impact than
fast. Driving on the tire may not be have sensors that are part of the
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
possible if there is permanent TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 311. These sensors wheel assembly damage can
damage. To prevent permanent occur when coming into contact
damage, keep speed below 80 km/h contain batteries that are designed
to last for 10 years under normal with road hazards like potholes,
(50 mph). With a light load the or sharp edged objects, or when
vehicle can be driven up to 100 km driving conditions. See your dealer
for wheel or sensor replacement. sliding into a curb. The warranty
(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km
does not cover this type of
(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km
Caution damage. Keep tires set to the
(25 mi). As soon as possible,
contact the nearest authorized GM correct inflation pressure and
or run-flat servicing facility for Using liquid sealants can damage when possible, avoid contact with
inspection and repair or the tire valves and tire pressure curbs, potholes, and other road
replacement. monitor sensors in the run-flat hazards.
tires. This damage is not covered
When driving on a deflated run-flat
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
tire, avoid potholes and other road
hazards that could damage the tire use liquid sealants in run-flat
and/or wheel beyond repair. When a tires.
tire has been damaged, or driven
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 305
Summer Tires Caution (Continued)

High Performance Summer Tires
performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with 245/ indoors and at temperatures
40R18 (front) and 275/35R18 (rear) above 7 C (20 F) when not in
high performance summer tires.
use. If the tires have been
These tires have a special tread and
subjected to 7 C (20 F) or less,
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road let them warm up in a heated
performance. This special tread and space to at least 5 C (40 F) for
compound will have decreased 24 hours or more before being
performance in cold climates, and installed or driving a vehicle on
on ice and snow. It is recommended which they are installed. Do not Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
that winter tires be installed on the apply heat or blow heated air
vehicle if frequent driving at directly on the tires. Always (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
temperatures below approximately inspect tires before use. See Tire combination of letters and
5 C (40 F) or on ice or snow Inspection 0 315. numbers used to define a
covered roads is expected. See particular tire's width, height,
Winter Tires 0 303. aspect ratio, construction type,
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the
Caution Useful information about a tire is Tire Size illustration later in this
molded into its sidewall. The section for more detail.
High performance summer tires examples show a typical
have rubber compounds that lose (2) TPC Spec (Tire
passenger tire sidewall. Performance Criteria
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area Specification) : Original
at temperatures below 7 C (20 equipment tires designed to
F). Always store high GM's specific tire performance
(Continued) criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
306 Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was Tire Designations
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the Tire Size
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may The following is an example of a
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture. typical passenger vehicle
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size.
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature The United States version of a
manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more information metric tire sizing system. The
digits represent the week see Uniform Tire Quality letter P as the first character in
(01-52) and the last two digits, Grading 0 319. the tire size means a passenger
the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation vehicle tire engineered to
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that standards set by the U.S. Tire
have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the and Rim Association.
of 0310. maximum pressure needed to (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
(4) Tire Identification Number support that load. number indicates the tire section
(TIN) : The letters and numbers width in millimeters from
following the DOT code are the sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 307
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains
number that indicates the tire Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
height-to-width measurements. cords that hold the tire onto
For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of the rim.
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
item 3 of the illustration, it would in which the plies are laid at
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
60 percent as high as it is wide. 90 degrees to the centerline of
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter the tread.
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
of ply construction in the tire. amount of air pressure in a tire,
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch)
diagonal or bias ply automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
construction; and the letter B from driving. See Tire
means belted-bias ply conditioning.
Pressure 0 309.
construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of motor vehicle with standard and
the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
(6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire. The load index represents materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded
the load carrying capacity a tire into the sidewall of a tire
is certified to carry. The speed signifying that the tire is in
rating is the maximum speed a compliance with the U.S.
tire is certified to carry a load.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
308 Vehicle Care
Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by
includes the Tire Identification vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 199.
designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution :
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
date of production. Outward Facing Sidewall : The
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a
Limits 0 199. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears
Vehicle Load Limits 0 199. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is
Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits 0 199. moldings on the other sidewall
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure. Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 309
tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
Pressure 0 309 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
Load Limits 0 199. of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label
extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 317. permanently attached to a
90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides equipment tire size and
and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and See Tire and Loading
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label under Vehicle
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire Load Limits 0 199.
between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of
a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 319. effectively.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 199.
comes into contact with
the road.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
310 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading has not been driven for at least
Caution Information label on the vehicle three hours or no more than
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment 1.6 km (1 mi).
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Remove the valve cap from the
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The tire valve stem. Press the tire
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the gauge firmly onto the valve to
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to get the pressure measurement.
support the vehicle's maximum If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
overheating which could matches the recommended
Vehicle Load Limits 0 199. pressure on the Tire and
lead to a blowout.
How the vehicle is loaded Loading Information label, no
. Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride further adjustment is necessary.
irregular wear. comfort. Never load the vehicle If the inflation pressure is low,
. Poor handling. with more weight than it was add air until the recommended
designed to carry. pressure is reached. If the
. Reduced fuel economy.
When to Check inflation pressure in high, press
Overinflated tires, or tires that
on the metal stem in the center
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month
of the tire valve to release air.
result in: or more.
Re-check the tire pressure with
. Unusual wear. How to Check the tire gauge.
. Poor handling. Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the
. Rough ride. gauge to check the tire valve stems to keep out dirt and
pressure. Proper tire inflation moisture and prevent leaks. Use
. Needless damage from cannot be determined by looking only valve caps designed for the
road hazards. at the tire. Check the tire vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
inflation pressure when the tires
are cold, meaning the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 311
could be damaged and would Vehicles with P245/45R17 95V, Tire Pressure Monitor
not be covered by the vehicle P245/40R18 93V, or 255/
35R19 96V size tires require
System
warranty.
inflation pressure adjustment when The Tire Pressure Monitor System
Tire Pressure for driving the vehicle at speeds of (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set technology to check tire pressure
High-Speed Operation the cold tire inflation pressure to levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
280 kPa (41 psi). the air pressure in your tires and
{ Warning Vehicles with 245/40R18 93Y and transmit tire pressure readings to a
275/35R18 95Y or 265/35ZR19 receiver located in the vehicle.
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(94Y) and 295/30ZR19 (100Y) size Each tire, including the spare (if
(100 mph) or higher, puts tires require inflation pressure provided), should be checked
additional strain on tires. adjustment when driving the vehicle monthly when cold and inflated to
Sustained high-speed driving at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or the inflation pressure recommended
causes excessive heat buildup higher. Set the cold tire inflation by the vehicle manufacturer on the
and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure to 300 kPa (44 psi). vehicle placard or tire inflation
This could cause a crash, and pressure label. (If your vehicle has
you or others could be killed. Sustained operation at speeds over
160 km/h (100 mph) requires a load tires of a different size than the size
Some high-speed rated tires indicated on the vehicle placard or
limit of the driver and one
require inflation pressure tire inflation pressure label, you
passenger, with no additional cargo.
adjustment for high-speed When loaded above this level, up to should determine the proper tire
operation. When speed limits and the GVW, do not operate the vehicle inflation pressure for those tires.)
road conditions allow the vehicle above 160 km/h (100 mph). As an added safety feature, your
to be driven at high speeds, make vehicle has been equipped with a
sure the tires are rated for Return the tires to the
recommended cold tire inflation tire pressure monitoring system
high-speed operation, are in (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure when high-speed driving
excellent condition, and are set to pressure telltale when one or more
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
the correct cold tire inflation of your tires is significantly
0 199 and Tire Pressure 0 309.
pressure for the vehicle load. under-inflated.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
312 Vehicle Care
Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon Tire Pressure Monitor
pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as
should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists.
Operation
soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is This vehicle may have a Tire
to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire The TPMS is designed to warn the
causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS driver when a low tire pressure
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety condition exists. TPMS sensors are
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation mounted onto each tire and wheel
tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or assembly, excluding the spare tire
vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent and wheel assembly. The TPMS
ability. the TPMS from functioning properly. sensors monitor the air pressure in
Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction the tires and transmits the tire
substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more pressure readings to a receiver
maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to located in the vehicle.
responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the
not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function
illumination of the TPMS low tire properly.
pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor
Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 312.
equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency
indicator to indicate when the When a low tire pressure condition
Statement 0 376. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is the low tire pressure warning light
combined with the low tire pressure on the instrument cluster. If the
telltale. When the system detects a warning light comes on, stop as
malfunction, the telltale will flash for soon as possible and inflate the
approximately one minute and then tires to the recommended pressure
remain continuously illuminated.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 313
shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 199, for an example of the Compressor Kit 0 324 for
Limits 0 199. Tire and Loading Information label information regarding the inflator kit
A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire materials and instructions.
a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure 0 309.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low Message
tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does
DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire The TPMS will not function properly
each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection if one or more of the TPMS sensors
inflated to the correct inflation 0 315, Tire Rotation 0 315 and are missing or inoperable. When the
pressure. Using the DIC, tire Tires 0 302. system detects a malfunction, the
pressure levels can be viewed. For low tire warning light flashes for
additional information and details about one minute and then stays on
Caution for the remainder of the ignition
about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information Tire sealant materials are not all cycle. A DIC warning message also
Center (DIC) 0 135. the same. A non-approved tire displays. The malfunction light and
sealant could damage the TPMS DIC warning message come on at
The low tire pressure warning light each ignition cycle until the problem
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage
is corrected. Some of the conditions
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire
that can cause these to come
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the on are:
could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only
air pressure is getting low and the GM approved tire sealant . One of the road tires has been
needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or replaced with the spare tire. The
pressure. included in the vehicle. spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
A Tire and Loading Information light and DIC message should
label, attached to your vehicle, Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits go off after the road tire is
shows the size of the original use a GM approved liquid tire replaced and the sensor
equipment tires and the correct sealant. Using non-approved tire matching process is performed
inflation pressure for the tires when sealants could damage the TPMS
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
314 Vehicle Care
successfully. See TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
Matching Process later in this being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear.
section. wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
. The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at
malfunction light and the DIC low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
successfully completing the light and DIC message comes on (1-800-468-6657).
sensor matching process. See and stays on. There are two minutes to match the
"TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and
Process" later in this section. TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
. One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
malfunction light and the DIC identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching
TPMS sensors are installed and tire/wheel position after rotating the process is:
the sensor matching process is vehicles tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. The 1. Set the parking brake.
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service. TPMS sensor matching process 2. Place the vehicle power mode
should also be performed after in ON/RUN/START. See
. Replacement tires or wheels do replacing a spare tire with a road Ignition Positions 0 203.
not match the original equipment tire containing the TPMS sensor.
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
The malfunction light and the DIC
other than those recommended info display option is turned on.
message should go off at the next
could prevent the TPMS from The info displays on the DIC
ignition cycle. The sensors are
functioning properly. See Buying can be turned on and off
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
New Tires 0 318. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 315
through the Settings menu. 8. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if:
See Driver Information Center front tire, and repeat Step 7.
. The indicators at three or
(DIC) 0 135. 9. Proceed to the passenger side more places around the tire
4. Use the five-way DIC control rear tire, and repeat Step 7. can be seen.
on the right side of the steering 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
wheel to scroll to the Tire . There is cord or fabric
tire, and repeat Step 7. The
Pressure screen under the DIC horn sounds two times to showing through the tire's
info page. See Driver indicate the sensor rubber.
Information Center (DIC) 0 135. identification code has been . The tread or sidewall is
5. Press and hold SEL in the matched to the driver side rear cracked, cut, or snagged
center of the five-way DIC tire, and the TPMS sensor
deep enough to show cord or
control. matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING fabric.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn ACTIVE message on the DIC . The tire has a bump, bulge,
mode and the TIRE display screen goes off. or split.
LEARNING ACTIVE message 11. Shut the ignition off. . The tire has a puncture, cut,
displays on the DIC screen. 12. Set all four tires to the or other damage that cannot
6. Start with the driver side recommended air pressure be repaired well because of
front tire. level as indicated on the Tire the size or location of the
7. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label. damage.
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to Tire Inspection Tire Rotation
activate the TPMS sensor. We recommend that the tires,
A horn chirp confirms that the If the vehicle has non-directional
including the spare tire, if the tires, they should be rotated
sensor identification code has
vehicle has one, be inspected every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
been matched to this tire and
wheel position. for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
least once a month.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
316 Vehicle Care
Tires are rotated to achieve a

uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time Use this rotation pattern if the Use this rotation pattern when
for New Tires 0 317 and Wheel vehicle has different size tires rotating tires of the same size
Replacement 0 321. on the front and rear and they installed on all four wheel
Directional tires should not be are non-directional. positions.
rotated. Each tire and wheel Different tire sizes should not be If the vehicle has a compact
should be used only in the rotated front to rear. spare tire, do not include it in the
position it is in. Directional tires tire rotation.
will have an arrow on the tire Adjust the front and rear tires to
indicating the proper direction of the recommended inflation
rotation or will have left or pressure on the Tire and
right molded on the sidewall. Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 309 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 199.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 317
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. See Tire
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 315 and Tire
Monitor Operation 0 312. wheel nuts or bolts. Rotation 0 315.
Check that all wheel nuts are The rubber in tires ages over time.
properly tightened. See Wheel When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Nut Torque under Capacities never used. Multiple factors
and Specifications 0 363. Factors such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tires, including the spare if
parts to which it is fastened, can equipped, be replaced after six
make wheel nuts become loose years, regardless of tread wear. The
after time. The wheel could come tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (0152) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Treadwear indicators are one way to
Lightly coat the center of the Tires age when stored normally
tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get area away from direct sunlight to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
318 Vehicle Care
slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire
of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, Rotation 0 315 for information
substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire on proper tire rotation. However,
rubber. pressure monitoring if it is necessary to replace only
Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec one axle set of worn tires, place
cause flat spots on the tires that number is molded onto the tire's the new tires on the rear axle.
may result in vibrations while sidewall near the tire size. If the
driving. When storing a vehicle for Winter tires with the same speed
tires have an all-season tread rating as the original equipment
at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number
raise the vehicle to reduce the tires may not be available for H,
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.
and snow. See Tire Sidewall Never exceed the winter tire's
Buying New Tires Labeling 0 305, for additional maximum speed capability when
information. using winter tires with a lower
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn speed rating.
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four.
were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires { Warning
Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle. Tires could explode during
Specification (TPC Spec) improper service. Attempting
system rating. When Braking and handling
performance may be adversely to mount or dismount a tire
replacement tires are needed, could cause injury or death.
GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. Only your dealer or authorized
buying tires with the same TPC tire service center should
Spec rating. If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, mount or dismount the tires.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 319
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability

{ Warning construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
original tires. performance of these systems can
Mixing tires of different sizes also be affected.
(other than those originally Vehicles that have a tire
installed on the vehicle), brands,
or types may cause loss of
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning
control of the vehicle, resulting in low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used,
a crash or other vehicle damage. Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable
Use the correct size, brand, and See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if
type of tire on all four wheels. Operation 0 312. tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash
{ Warning Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and
vehicle may cause the wheel Limits 0 199. have them properly installed by a
rim flanges to develop cracks GM certified technician.
after many miles of driving. Different Size Tires and
A tire and/or wheel could fail Wheels
suddenly and cause a crash. See Buying New Tires 0 318 and
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and
Use only radial-ply tires with Modifications 0 262.
the wheels on the vehicle. are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality
If the vehicle tires must be ride and handling characteristics, Grading
replaced with a tire that does not stability, and resistance to rollover
have a TPC Spec number, make may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates
sure they are the same size, electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
320 Vehicle Care
Traffic Safety Administration Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving
(NHTSA), which grades tires by where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and
treadwear, traction, and sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road
temperature performance. This and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate.
applies only to vehicles sold in example:
Traction
the United States. The grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA
are molded on the sidewalls of Temperature A
The traction grades, from
most passenger car tires. The highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
Uniform Tire Quality Grading All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent
(UTQG) system does not apply Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet
to deep tread, winter tires, Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under
compact spare tires, tires with These Grades. controlled conditions on
nominal rim diameters of Treadwear specified government test
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), surfaces of asphalt and
or to some limited-production The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may
tires. comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance.
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade
While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on
General Motors passenger cars specified government test straight-ahead braking traction
and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include
respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering,
must also conform to federal one-half (1) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction
safety requirements and the government course as a tire characteristics.
additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative
Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends Temperature
standards. upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C,
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 321
to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be
ability to dissipate heat when repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best
high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the
material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity,
and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be
excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it
to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces.
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
A represent higher levels of vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning
performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels may need
test wheel than the minimum Using the wrong replacement
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis. nuts can be dangerous. It could
temperature grade for this tire is
affect the braking and handling of
established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
properly inflated and not and cause loss of control, causing
Replace any wheel that is bent,
overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced.
buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
322 Vehicle Care
Caution
Tire Chains Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning If the vehicle is equipped with a
problems with bearing life, brake tire size other than P245/40R18,
cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has P245/40R18, 245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/
odometer calibration, headlamp 245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/ 35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/
aim, bumper height, vehicle 35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/ 30ZR19 use tire chains only
ground clearance, and tire or tire 30ZR19 size tires, do not use tire where legal and only when
chain clearance to the body and chains. There is not enough necessary. Use low profile chains
chassis. clearance. Tire chains used on a that add no more than 12 mm
vehicle without the proper amount thickness to the tire tread and
of clearance can cause damage inner sidewall. Use chains that
Used Replacement Wheels to the brakes, suspension, are the proper size for the tires.
or other vehicle parts. The area Install them on the tires of the
{ Warning damaged by the tire chains could rear axle. Don't use chains on the
cause loss of control and a crash. tires of the front axle. Tighten
Replacing a wheel with a used Use another type of traction
one is dangerous. How it has them as tightly as possible with
device only if its manufacturer the ends securely fastened. Drive
been used or how far it has been recommends it for the vehicle's
driven may be unknown. It could slowly and follow the chain
tire size combination and road manufacturer's instructions. If the
fail suddenly and cause a crash. conditions. Follow that
When replacing wheels, use a chains contact the vehicle, stop
manufacturer's instructions. To and retighten them. If the contact
new GM original equipment avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
wheel. continues, slow down until it
and readjust or remove the stops. Driving too fast or spinning
traction device if it contacts the the wheels with chains on will
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If damage the vehicle.
traction devices are used, install
them on the rear tires.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 323
If a Tire Goes Flat the accelerator pedal and grip the If this vehicle does not have run-flat
steering wheel firmly. Steer to tires and a tire goes flat, avoid
If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there maintain lane position, and then further tire and wheel damage by
is no need to stop on the side of the gently brake to a stop, well off the driving slowly to a level place, well
road to change a flat tire. See road, if possible. off the road, if possible.
Run-Flat Tires 0 303.
A rear blowout, particularly on a 1. Turn on the hazard warning
curve, acts much like a skid and flashers. See Hazard Warning
{ Warning may require the same correction as Flashers 0 168.
Special tools and procedures are used in a skid. Stop pressing the 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
accelerator pedal and steer to
required to service a run-flat tire. 3. Put an automatic transmission
straighten the vehicle. It may be
If these special tools and in P (Park) or a manual
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
procedures are not used, injury or to a stop, well off the road, transmission in 1 (First) or
vehicle damage may occur. if possible. R (Reverse).
Always be sure the proper tools
and procedures, as described in 4. Turn off the ignition.
the service manual, are used. { Warning 5. Inspect the flat tire.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
It is unusual for a tire to blow out it to do maintenance or repairs is { Warning
while driving, especially if the tires dangerous without the
are maintained properly. See Tires appropriate safety equipment and Driving on a flat tire will cause
0 302. If air goes out of a tire, it is training. If a jack is provided with permanent damage to the tire.
much more likely to leak out slowly. the vehicle, it is designed only for Re-inflating a tire after it has been
But if there is ever a blowout, here changing a flat tire. If it is used for driven on while severely
are a few tips about what to expect anything else, you or others could underinflated or flat may cause a
and what to do: be badly injured or killed if the blowout and a serious crash.
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
is provided with the vehicle, only that has been driven on while
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off use it for changing a flat tire. (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
324 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Tire Sealant and Warning (Continued)
Compressor Kit
severely underinflated or flat. recommended pressure. Do not
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
{ Warning exceed the recommended
pressure.
replace the flat tire as soon as Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
possible. area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may { Warning
If this vehicle has a tire sealant kit enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO) Storing the tire sealant and
and the tire has been separated
which cannot be seen or smelled. compressor kit or other
from the wheel, has damaged
It can cause unconsciousness equipment in the passenger
sidewalls, or has a puncture larger
than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too and even death. Never run the compartment of the vehicle could
severely damaged for the tire engine in an enclosed area that cause injury. In a sudden stop or
sealant and compressor kit to be has no fresh air ventilation. For collision, loose equipment could
effective. If the tire has a puncture more information, see Engine strike someone. Store the tire
less than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread Exhaust 0 210. sealant and compressor kit in its
area of the tire, see Tire Sealant original location.
and Compressor Kit 0 324.
{ Warning If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
Overinflating a tire could cause spare tire or tire changing
the tire to rupture and you or equipment, and on some vehicles
others could be injured. Be sure there may not be a place to store
to read and follow the tire sealant a tire.
and compressor kit instructions
The tire sealant and compressor
and inflate the tire to its
can be used to temporarily seal
(Continued) punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 325
the tread area of the tire. It can also 5. Tire Sealant Canister
be used to inflate an 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
underinflated tire. 7. Air Only Hose (Black)
If the tire has been separated from 8. Power Plug
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 9. Canister Release Button
or has a large puncture, the tire is (Under Sealant/Air Hose)
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be Tire Sealant
effective. See Roadside Read and follow the safe handling
Service 0 369. instructions on the label adhered to
Read and follow all of the tire the sealant canister.
sealant and compressor kit Check the tire sealant expiration
instructions. date on the sealant canister. The
The kit includes: sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air Sealant Canister following.
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
326 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and 5. Tire Sealant Canister

Compressor Kit to Temporarily 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Seal and Inflate a 7. Air Only Hose (Black)
Punctured Tire 8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button
Follow the directions closely for
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)
correct sealant usage.
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 168.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 323 for
other important safety warnings.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air location. See Storing the Tire
or Air Only) Sealant and Compressor
2. On/Off Button Kit 0 331.
3. Pressure Gauge
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)
4. Pressure Deflation Button and the power plug (8).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 327
3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Press and turn the selector is on. Turn the compressor off
Make sure the tire valve stem switch (1) counterclockwise to to get an accurate pressure
is positioned close to the the Sealant + Air position. reading. The compressor may
ground so the hose will 9. Press the on/off button (2) to be turned on/off until the
reach it. turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached.
4. Remove the valve stem cap compressor kit on.

Caution
from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inject
counterclockwise. sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) The pressure gauge (3) will cannot be reached after
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the
clockwise until it is tight. while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely
accessory power outlet in the the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and
vehicle. Unplug all items from dispersed into the tire, the compressor kit cannot inflate the
other accessory power outlets. pressure will quickly drop and tire. Remove the power plug from
See Power Outlets 0 112. start to rise again as the tire the accessory power outlet and
inflates with air only. unscrew the inflating hose from
If the vehicle has an accessory
10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
power outlet, do not use the
recommended inflation Service 0 369.
cigarette lighter.
pressure using the pressure
If the vehicle only has a gauge (3). The recommended
cigarette lighter, use the 11. Press the on/off button (2) to
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off.
Do not pinch the power plug Information label. See Tire
cord in the door or window. Pressure 0 309. The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle The pressure gauge (3) may vehicle is driven and the
must be running while using read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire,
the air compressor. pressure while the compressor
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
328 Vehicle Care
therefore, Steps 1218 must be maximum speed label from the If the tire pressure has not
done immediately after sealant canister (5) and place it dropped more than 68 kPa
Step 11. in a highly visible location. Do (10 psi) from the recommended
Be careful while handling the not exceed the speed on this inflation pressure, inflate the
tire sealant and compressor kit label until the damaged tire is tire to the recommended
as it could be warm after repaired or replaced. inflation pressure.
usage. 17. Return the equipment to its 20. Wipe off any sealant from the
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from original storage location in the wheel, tire, and vehicle.
the accessory power outlet in vehicle. 21. Dispose of the used sealant
the vehicle. 18. Immediately drive the vehicle canister (5) and sealant/air
13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the hose (6) assembly at a local
counterclockwise to remove it sealant in the tire. dealer or in accordance with
from the tire valve stem. 19. Stop at a safe location and local state codes and practices.
14. Replace the tire valve check the tire pressure. Refer 22. Replace with a new canister
stem cap. to Steps 111 under Using the assembly available from your
Tire Sealant and Compressor dealer.
15. Replace the sealant/air hose Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
(6), and the power plug (8) 23. After temporarily sealing the
Tire (Not Punctured). tire using the tire sealant and
back in their original location.
If the tire pressure has fallen compressor kit, take the
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) vehicle to an authorized dealer
below the recommended within 161 km (100 mi) of
inflation pressure, stop driving driving to have the tire repaired
the vehicle. The tire is too or replaced.
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Service 0 369.
16. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation
pressure, remove the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 329
Using the Tire Sealant and 5. Tire Sealant Canister

Compressor Kit without 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not 7. Air Only Hose (Black)
Punctured) 8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button
To use the air compressor to inflate
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)
a tire with air only and not sealant:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 168.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 323 for
other important safety warnings.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor
Kit 0 331.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)
and the power plug (8).
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air is positioned close to the
or Air Only) ground so the hose will
2. On/Off Button reach it.
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
330 Vehicle Care
4. Remove the tire valve stem 9. Press the on/off button (2) to This option is only functional
cap from the flat tire by turning turn the compressor on. when using the air only
it counterclockwise. The compressor will inflate the hose (7).
5. Attach the air only hose (7) tire with air only. 11. Press the on/off button (2) to
onto the tire valve stem by 10. Inflate the tire to the turn the tire sealant and
turning it clockwise until it is recommended inflation compressor kit off.
tight. pressure using the pressure Be careful while handling the
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the gauge (3). The recommended tire sealant and compressor kit
accessory power outlet in the inflation pressure can be found as it could be warm after
vehicle. Unplug all items from on the Tire and Loading usage.
other accessory power outlets. Information label. See Tire 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
See Power Outlets 0 112. Pressure 0 309. the accessory power outlet in
If the vehicle has an accessory The pressure gauge (3) may the vehicle.
power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire 13. Disconnect the air only hose
cigarette lighter. pressure while the compressor (7) from the tire valve stem, by
If the vehicle only has a is on. Turn the compressor off turning it counterclockwise, and
cigarette lighter, use the to get an accurate reading. The replace the tire valve stem cap.
cigarette lighter. compressor may be turned on/
off until the correct pressure is 14. Replace the air only hose (7)
Do not pinch the power plug reached. and the power plug (8) and
cord in the door or window. cord back in its original
If you inflate the tire higher location.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle than the recommended
must be running while using pressure you can adjust the 15. Place the equipment in the
the air compressor. excess pressure by pressing original storage location in the
8. Press and turn the selector the pressure deflation vehicle.
switch (1) clockwise to the Air button (4) until the proper
Only position. pressure reading is reached.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 331
4. Replace with a new canister 4. Remove the tire sealant and

which is available from your compressor kit.
dealer. To store the tire sealant and
5. Push the new canister into compressor kit, reverse the steps.
place.
Storing the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and
compressor kit:
1. Open the trunk. See
The tire sealant and compressor kit Trunk 0 41.
has an accessory adapter located in
a compartment on the bottom of its 2. Lift the cover.
housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.
Sealant Canister
To remove the sealant canister:
1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
2. Press the canister release
button (9).
3. Pull up and remove the
canister.
3. Remove the strap.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
332 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting { Warning

Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can
America be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North burn you.
America 0 287. . They contain gas that can
If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite.
use another vehicle and some . They contain enough
jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you.
Be sure to use the following steps to
If you do not follow these steps 1. Good Battery Positive
do it safely.
exactly, some or all of these Terminal
things can hurt you.
{ Warning 2. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
WARNING: Battery posts, 3. Discharged Battery Remote
terminals, and related Caution Positive terminal
accessories contain lead and lead 4. Discharged Battery Remote
Ignoring these steps could result Negative Ground Terminal
compounds, chemicals known to in costly damage to the vehicle
the State of California to cause that would not be covered by the The jump start positive terminal (1)
cancer and birth defects or other vehicle warranty. Trying to start and negative post (2) are on the
reproductive harm. Batteries also the vehicle by pushing or pulling it battery of the vehicle providing the
contain other chemicals known to will not work, and it could damage jump start.
the State of California to cause the vehicle. The jump start remote positive
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER terminal (3) and the remote negative
HANDLING. See California ground terminal (4) for the
Proposition 65 Warning 0 262. discharged battery are on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 333
The positive jump start connection

for the discharged battery is under a Caution { Warning
red cover. Remove the cover to
expose the terminal. If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode.
1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
Caution off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative you. If you accidentally get it in
ground, both vehicles can be 4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn off your eyes or on your skin, flush
damaged. Only use a vehicle that all lights and accessories in the place with water and get
has a 12-volt system with a both vehicles, except the medical help immediately.
negative ground for jump starting. hazard warning flashers if
needed.
{ Warning
2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine
3. Set the parking brake firmly An electric fan can start up even parts can injure you badly. Keep
and put the shift lever in when the engine is not running your hands away from moving
P (Park) with an automatic and can injure you. Keep hands, parts once the engine is running.
transmission, or Neutral with a clothing, and tools away from any
manual transmission. underhood electric fan.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the remote
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
334 Vehicle Care
6. Connect the other end of the Towing the Vehicle

red positive (+) cable to the Caution (Continued)
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. may occur and damage the Caution
vehicle. The repairs would not be
7. Connect one end of the black covered by the vehicle warranty. Incorrectly towing a disabled
negative () cable to the Always connect and remove the vehicle may cause damage. The
negative () terminal of the jumper cables in the correct order, damage would not be covered by
good battery. making sure that the cables do the vehicle warranty.
8. Connect the other end of the not touch each other or other Do not lash or hook to
black negative () cable to the metal. suspension components. Use the
remote negative () grounding
proper straps around the tires to
terminal for the discharged
Jumper Cable Removal secure the vehicle.
battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle Reverse the sequence exactly when
with the good battery and run removing the jumper cables. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
the engine at idle speed for at After starting the disabled vehicle car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
least four minutes. and removing the jumper cables, could damage the vehicle.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had allow it to idle for several minutes.
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 335
vehicle with two wheels on the

Caution ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use Here are some important things to
caution and low speeds to consider before recreational vehicle
prevent damage to the vehicle. towing:
. What is the towing capacity of
Carefully open the cover in the the towing vehicle? Be sure to
fascia by using the small notch that read the tow vehicle
conceals the tow eye socket. manufacturer's
recommendations.
Install the tow eye into the socket by
Due to low ramp angles on the . What is the distance that will be
turning it clockwise until it stops.
V-Series only, use care when When the tow eye is removed, traveled? Some vehicles have
loading the vehicle onto a flatbed reinstall the cover with the notch in restrictions on how far and how
carrier. Front spring spacers were the original position. long they can tow.
provided for lifting the front . Is the proper towing equipment
suspension if more clearance is Recreational Vehicle going to be used? See your
necessary when towing. dealer or trailering professional
Towing for additional advice and
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations.
disabled vehicle must be towed. towing the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be
vehicle such as a motor home. The
Use the tow eye for towing a towed? Just as preparing the
two most common types of
disabled vehicle or loading it onto a vehicle for a long trip, make sure
recreational vehicle towing are
flatbed car carrier. The tow eye the vehicle is prepared to be
known as dinghy towing and dolly
should not be used to recover a towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle from an off road situation. vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
336 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing towed, a dolly should be used. See Dolly Towing

the following information on dolly (Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
towing.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Caution
To dolly tow a rear-wheel-drive
If the vehicle is towed with all four vehicle from the rear:
wheels on the ground, the 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
drivetrain components could be vehicle following the dolly
damaged. The repairs would not manufacturer instructions.
be covered by the vehicle 2. Put the rear wheels on the
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle dolly.
with all four wheels on the
ground. 3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
The vehicle was not designed to be 4. Firmly set the parking brake.
towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 337
5. Use an adequate clamping Appearance Care

device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the Exterior Care
straight-ahead position. Locks
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Locks are lubricated at the factory.
following the manufacturer Use a de-icing agent only when
instructions. absolutely necessary, and have the
7. Release the parking brake only locks greased after using. See
after the vehicle being towed is Recommended Fluids and
firmly attached to the towing Lubricants 0 358.
vehicle.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannot Washing the Vehicle
8. Turn the ignition to OFF. be dolly towed. To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel Drive wash it often and out of direct
Vehicles) sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
338 Vehicle Care
have the damage assessed and

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can
safety precautions, and damage the vehicle's finish if they
appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash
vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible.
windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive
wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for
Caution Remove any accessories that may painted surfaces to remove foreign
be damaged or interfere with the car matter.
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove
to the surface of the vehicle. Use residue from the paint finish. See
of power washers exceeding washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they your dealer for approved cleaning
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result products.
are allowed to dry on the surface,
in damage or removal of paint
they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to
and decals.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur.
Caution
spotting.
Do not power wash any Caution
Finish Care
component under the hood that
Application of aftermarket clearcoat Machine compounding or
has this e symbol.
sealant/wax materials is not aggressive polishing on a
(Continued) recommended. If painted surfaces basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
are damaged, see your dealer to (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 339

. Be sure the molding is cool to Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Caution (Continued) the touch before applying any Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
cleaning solution. Stripes
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes . Use only approved cleaning Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
that are made for a basecoat/ solutions for aluminum, chrome soft cloth, and a car washing soap
clearcoat paint finish on the or stainless steel. Some to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
vehicle. cleaners are highly acidic or emblems, decals, and stripes.
contain alkaline substances and Follow instructions under "Washing
can damage the moldings. the Vehicle" previously in this
To keep the paint finish looking new, section.
. Always dilute a concentrated
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible. cleaner according to the Lamp covers are made of plastic,
manufacturers instructions. and some have a UV protective
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not coating. Do not clean or wipe them
Moldings intended for automotive use. when dry.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the Do not use any of the following on
Caution lamp covers:
vehicle after washing to protect
Failure to clean and protect the and extend the molding finish. . Abrasive or caustic agents.
bright metal moldings can result Carbon Fiber Care . Washer fluids and other cleaning
in a hazy white finish or pitting. agents in higher concentrations
This damage would not be Carbon fiber parts can be washed
and waxed like any other parts. Use than suggested by the
covered by the vehicle warranty. manufacturer.
a clear or black pigmented wax. See
Carbon Fiber 0 202 . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
The bright metal moldings on the or other harsh cleaners.
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
340 Vehicle Care

. Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a
covers while the lamps are clean cloth. See Recommended
Clean the outside of the windshield
illuminated, due to excessive Fluids and Lubricants 0 358.
with glass cleaner.
heat generated.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires
Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield
can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
cover that would not be covered blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
by the vehicle warranty. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire
worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any
Using wax on low gloss black caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted
finish stripes can increase the conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, surfaces on the vehicle.
gloss level and create a snow, and ice.
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim Aluminum
water only. Apply Dielectric silicone grease on or Chrome
weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels.
Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at After rinsing thoroughly with clean
Clear debris from the air intakes, least once a year. Hot, dry climates water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
between the hood and windshield may require more frequent A wax may then be applied.
when washing the vehicle. application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 341
Body Component Lubrication

Caution Caution (Continued)
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
trim may be damaged if the and the repairs would not be steel fuel door hinge, unless the
vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty. components are plastic. Applying
on roads that have been sprayed silicone grease on weatherstrips
with magnesium, calcium, with a clean cloth will make them
Brake System last longer, seal better, and not stick
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for Visually inspect brake lines and or squeak.
conditions such as ice and dust. hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Underbody Maintenance
Always wash the chrome with leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
soap and water after exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors At least twice a year, spring and fall,
for surface condition. Inspect drum use plain water to flush any
brake linings/shoes for wear or corrosive materials from the
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Caution clean any areas where mud and
Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect.
To avoid surface damage, do not Chassis Components
use strong soaps, chemicals, Do not directly power wash the
abrasive polishes, cleaners, Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
brushes, or cleaners that contain suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water
acid on aluminum or components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and
chrome-plated wheels. Use only or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
least once a year. fluid will decrease the life of the
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and
chrome-plated wheels through an hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, should be replaced.
automatic car wash that uses chafing, etc.
silicone carbide tire cleaning Visually check constant velocity joint
(Continued) boots and axle seals for leaks.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
342 Vehicle Care
Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean

the interior using the following
If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques:
requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils. . Never use a razor or any other
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can sharp object to remove soil from
material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicles any interior surface.
replaced to restore corrosion interior. . Never use a brush with stiff
protection. bristles.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface
parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much
protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove pressure.
vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
. Do not use laundry detergents or
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
dishwashing soaps with
permanent damage may result.
Quickly repair minor chips and degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per
scratches with touch-up materials
for the surfaces being cleaned to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
all cleaners directly to the cleaning create streaks and attract dirt.
damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain
dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
. Do not heavily saturate the
Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces follow all safety instructions on the
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
causing blotchy, ring-shaped label. While cleaning the interior,
containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get
dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation.
surface. See Finish Care
previously in this section.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 343
Interior Glass . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth soil and gently rub toward the
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
. When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
soapy water. prevent forcing the soil in to the
If necessary, use a commercial
fabric.
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede 4. Continue gently rubbing the
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no
Caution using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth.
To prevent scratching, never use being used, only use it on the floor 5. If the soil is not completely
abrasive cleaners on automotive carpet. Before cleaning, gently removed, use a mild soap
glass. Abrasive cleaners or remove as much of the soil as solution followed only by plain
aggressive cleaning may damage possible: water.
the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper If the soil is not completely
towel. Continue blotting until no removed, it may be necessary to
Cleaning the windshield with water more soil can be removed. use a commercial upholstery
during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before
to fog. using a commercial upholstery
To clean:
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
Speaker Covers 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free formation occurs, clean the entire
Vacuum around a speaker cover colorfast cloth with water. fabric or carpet.
gently, so that the speaker will not Microfiber cloth is
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
be damaged. Clean spots with water recommended to prevent lint
blot excess moisture.
and mild soap. transfer to the fabric or carpet.
Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by

gently wringing until water does
Coated moldings should be cleaned. not drip from the cleaning cloth.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
344 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Vehicle Care 345
Cargo Cover and . Do not place anything on top of

Convenience Net Warning (Continued) the driver side floor mat.
Wash with warm water and mild cause unintended acceleration . Use only a single floor mat on
detergent. Do not use chlorine and/or increased stopping the driver side.
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on
then dry completely. and injury. Make sure the floor top of another.
mat does not interfere with the
Care of Safety Belts The driver side floor mat is held in
pedals. place by two button-type retainers.
Keep belts clean and dry.
Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
{ Warning proper floor mat usage. Floor Mats
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor
It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your
a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need
provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended
Clean safety belts only with mild that GM certified floor mats be
soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
Floor Mats check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
{ Warning . Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
If a floor mat is the wrong size or floor mat retainer on the driver 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
is not properly installed, it can side floor. mat to unlock the retainers and
interfere with the pedals. remove.
. Use the floor mat with the
Interference with the pedals can
correct side up. Do not turn
(Continued) it over.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
346 Vehicle Care
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor

mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snap into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Service and Maintenance 347
Service and Recommended Fluids,

Lubricants, and Parts
General Information
Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the
General Information Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 347 protect against major repair
Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or
Cadillac Premium Care Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 361 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance also help to maintain the value of
Cadillac Premium Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 349 Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
Special Application Services maintenance using genuine
Special Application replacement parts. They have
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Additional Maintenance dealers have extended evening and
and Care Saturday hours, courtesy
Additional Maintenance transportation, and online
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
348 Service and Maintenance
changes and tire rotations and frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
additional maintenance items like Additional Required Services - service.
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
blades. . Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
Caution the Tire and Loading Information
Damage caused by improper
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 199.
{ Warning
maintenance can lead to costly Performing maintenance work can
repairs and may not be covered . Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause
by the vehicle warranty. serious injury. Perform
Maintenance intervals, checks, limits.
maintenance work only if the
inspections, recommended fluids, . Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools,
and lubricants are important to Fuel 0 251.
and equipment are available.
keep the vehicle in good working Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to
condition. Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own
The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services - Service Work 0 263.
Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are:
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. in hot weather.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or
keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain.
condition, improves fuel economy, . Frequently towing a trailer.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
. Used for high speed or
Because of the way people use competitive driving.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Passenger compartment air filter
Cadillac Premium replacement.
Maintenance
Care Maintenance . Multipoint vehicle inspection
Schedule
Your vehicle comes with the (MPVI) performed by a qualified Owner Checks and Services
Cadillac Premium Care technician.
Maintenance. It is a maintenance At Each Fuel Stop
Cadillac requires that all Cadillac
program that covers select Premium Care Maintenance . Check the engine oil level. See
maintenance services during the services be performed by a Cadillac Engine Oil 0 272.
first 4 years or 80 000 km authorized service dealer.
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first. Once a Month
Cadillac Premium Care . Check the tire inflation
Maintenance covers routine pressures. See Tire
maintenance services, when Pressure 0 309.
scheduled in accordance with the . Inspect the tires for wear. See
owner manual, including: Tire Inspection 0 315.
. Oil changes based on the . Check the windshield washer
vehicle's oil life monitor system. fluid level. See Washer
. Tire rotation every 12 000 km Fluid 0 284.
(7,500 mi). Engine Oil Change
. Engine air cleaner filter
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
replacement.
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
a year and the oil life system must . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect exhaust system
be reset. Your trained dealer blades for wear, cracking, and nearby heat shields for
technician can perform this work. or contamination. See Exterior loose or damaged parts.
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 337. Replace worn or . Lubricate body components. See
accidentally, service the vehicle damaged wiper blades. See Exterior Care 0 337.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Wiper Blade
last service. Reset the oil life Replacement 0 290. . Check starter switch. See Starter
system when the oil is changed. Switch Check 0 288.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 274. See Tire Pressure 0 309. . Check automatic transmission
Tire Rotation and Required shift lock control function. See
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Automatic Transmission Shift
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 315. Lock Control Function
7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. Check 0 289.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Check parking brake and
the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/ automatic transmission park
following services. See Tire Filter 0 276. mechanism. See Park Brake and
Rotation 0 315. P (Park) Mechanism
. Inspect brake system. See
. Check engine oil level and oil Check 0 289.
Exterior Care 0 337.
life percentage. If needed, . Check accelerator pedal for
change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis damage, high effort, or binding.
reset oil life system. See Engine Replace if needed.
Oil 0 272 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
System 0 274. or missing parts or signs of . Visually inspect gas strut for
wear. See Exterior Care 0 337. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check engine coolant level. See
. Check restraint system damage. Check the hold open
Engine Coolant 0 279. ability of the strut. See your
components. See Safety System
. Check windshield washer fluid dealer if service is required.
Check 0 72.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 284. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 51.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and
perform Required Services. Check engine oil level
and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Turbo Engines)
@ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(3.6L LGX and 6.2L LT4 Engines)
@
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with electronic
limited slip differential. (3.6L V6 Turbo LF3 and @ @ @
6.2L V8 LT4 Engines only)
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Footnotes Maintenance (5) Or every five years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling
Services - Normal System 0 278.
(1) Vehicles with different size front (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
and rear tires do not have tire comes first. Inspect for fraying,
rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 315. excessive cracking, or damage;
(2) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (7) Replace brake fluid every five
passenger compartment air filter years. See Brake Fluid 0 285.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and
perform Required Services. Check engine oil level
and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (Except 6.2L
V8 Engine) (4)
@ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (6.2L
V8 Engine) (4)
@ @ @ @ @ @
2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Engines: Replace spark
plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
@ @
3.6L LFX Engine Only: Replace spark plugs.
Inspect spark plug wires.
@
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (5)
@ @ @
Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @
Replace brake fluid. (8)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Footnotes Maintenance (5) Do not directly power wash the Special Application
Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High
Services - Severe pressure water can overcome the Services
(1) Vehicles with different size front seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use
and rear tires do not have tire case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 315. decrease the life of the transfer
components every 5 000 km/
case and should be replaced.
(2) Or every two years, whichever 3,000 mi.
comes first. More frequent (6) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service
passenger compartment air filter comes first. See Cooling
performed. See "Underbody
replacement may be needed if System 0 278.
Maintenance" in Exterior
driving in areas with heavy traffic, (7) Or every 10 years, whichever Care 0 337.
poor air quality, high dust levels, comes first. Inspect for fraying,
or environmental allergens. excessive cracking, or damage;
Passenger compartment air filter replace, if needed.
replacement may also be needed if (8) Replace brake fluid every five
there is reduced airflow, window years. See Brake Fluid 0 285.
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have
Additional start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts
Your vehicle is an important
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids
repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
performance, additional
fluids protect the vehicles systems
maintenance services may be
Belts and components. See
required.
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and
It is recommended that your dealer Lubricants 0 358 for GM approved
squeak or show signs of
perform these services their fluids.
cracking or splitting.
trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be
also perform a thorough
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
The following list is intended to Brakes filled.
explain the services and conditions
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
to look for that may indicate Hoses
crucial to safe driving.
services are required.
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should
Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks.
The 12-volt battery supplies power
With a multi-point inspection, your
to start the engine and operate any
dealer can inspect the hoses and
additional electrical accessories.
advise if replacement is needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Lamps of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and

Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and
taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 342 and
important to see and be seen on Exterior Care 0 337.
Tires
the road. Wheel Alignment
Tires need to be properly inflated,
. Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver
to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
The brake lamps need to be failure. . Signs that the alignment may
checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
. With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control Windshield
. Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
. Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
tire wear. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
. As part of the multi-point name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 272.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 279.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission (w/3.6L LF3 ATF-WS Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88863400, in
Twin Turbo Engine) Canada 88863401).
Automatic Transmission (Except w/ DEXRON -HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in
3.6L LF3 Twin Turbo Engine) Canada 19300537).
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).
Rear Axle (Non-Limited Slip SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Differential) Canada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.
Rear Axle (Limited-Slip Differential) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, in
Canada 88862625) meeting GM Specification 9986290.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Electronic Limited Slip Differential DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant
(CTS-V and V-Sport Only)
Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Drive) Canada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 20857930 A3178C
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 22844634 A3185C
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 22935844 A3203C
Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 19330000 PF63E
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 89017525 PF63
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 12646780 41-130
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12642791 41-118
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12642722 41-128
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 60 cm (23.6 in) 23144358
Passenger Side 45 cm (17.7 in) 23144359
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed
Reading
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
362 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, under the floor cover in
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk on the passenger side,
Vehicle Identification
has the following information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 365
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
vehicle.
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and
Specifications 0 363.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Technical Data 363
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 358 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System Engine
2.0L L4 Engine 8.8 L 9.3 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 10.2 L 10.8 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12.2 L 12.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine RWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) RWD (without oil cooler) 5.2 L 5.5 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) RWD (with oil cooler) 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) AWD 6.15 L 6.5 qt
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
364 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 6.6 L 7.0 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 9.5 L 10.0 qt
Fuel Tank 72 L 19 gal
Transfer Case AWD 0.8 L 0.8 qt
Rear Axle (with limited slip) 1.2 L 1.3 qt
Wheel Nut Torque (Blue Tint Nut) 150 Y 110 lb ft
Wheel Nut Torque (Silver Tint Nut) 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.750.90 mm (0.030
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.800.90 mm (0.031
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 8 Automatic 0.750.90 mm (0.030
0.035 in)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Technical Data 365
Engine Specifications (cont'd)

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 6 Automatic 0.7250.875 mm (0.029
0.034 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine 6.2L V8 Engine

2.0L L4 Engine
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
366 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Customer Information
Information Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Satisfaction
Privacy Procedure
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Information Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction important to your dealer and to
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 377
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 378
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 368 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 369 however, despite the best intentions
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Scheduling Service can occur. If your concern has not
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation the following steps should be taken:
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 373 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Service Publications Ordering with a member of dealership
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 management. Normally, concerns
Radio Frequency can be quickly resolved at that level.
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service or
Reporting Safety Defects parts manager, contact the owner of
Reporting Safety Defects to your dealership or the general
the United States manager.
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the Canadian member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 it appears your concern cannot be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Customer Information 367
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Cadillac Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-8004588006. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-888-446-2000. after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting Cadillac, decision given in your case, you
remember that your concern will STEP THREE Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners: In the event that you do
likely be resolved at a dealer's other venue for relief available
facility. That is why we suggest not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
following Step One first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its General Motors Cadillac Customer From U.S. Virgin Islands:
participation in a no-charge Care Centre 1-800-496-9994
mediation/arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Limited
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Canada
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
General Motors of Canada Limited
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Cadillac Customer Care Centre,
factory-related vehicle service The inquiry should be accompanied Mail Code: CA1-163-005
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
an impartial third party arbiter, and
www.gm.ca
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance 1-888-446-2000 (English/French)
designed so that the entire dispute Offices Cadillac Roadside Service:
settlement process, from the time Cadillac encourages customers to 1-800-882-1112
you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for
decision, should be completed in Overseas
assistance. However, if a customer
approximately 70 days. We believe wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac, Contact the local General Motors
our impartial program offers the letter should be addressed to: Business Unit.
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal, United States and Puerto Rico Customer Assistance for
quick, and free of charge.
Cadillac Customer Assistance Text Telephone (TTY)
For further information concerning Center Users
eligibility in the Canadian Motor Cadillac Motor Car Division
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), P.O. Box 33169 To assist customers who are deaf,
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Detroit, MI 48232-5169 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
the Cadillac Customer Care Centre, www.Cadillac.com and who use Text Telephones
1-888-446-2000, or write to: (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
1-800-458-8006 available at its Customer Assistance
1-800-833-2622 (For Text Center. Any TTY user can
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
communicate with Cadillac by r : Track your vehicles warranty . Download owner manuals.
dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users information. . Find Cadillac-recommended
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. maintenance services.
J : View active recalls or search by
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Online Owner Center See Vehicle Identification Number Roadside Service
Online Owner Experience (VIN) 0 362. U.S.: 1-800-224-1400.
(U.S.) my.cadillac.com H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Canada: 1-800-882-1112.
The Cadillac online owner Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information. Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.
experience allows interaction with
Only): 1-888-889-2438.
Cadillac and keeps important F : Chat with online help
vehicle-specific information in one representatives. Service is available 24 hours a day,
place. 365 days a year.
See my.cadillac.com to register your
Membership Benefits vehicle. Calling for Service
E : Download owner manuals and Cadillac Owner Centre When calling Roadside Service,
view vehicle-specific how-to videos. (Canada) cadillacowner.ca have the following information
G : View maintenance schedules, ready:
Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle . Your name, home address, and
diagnostic information. Schedule . Chat live with online help home telephone number.
service appointments. representatives.
. Telephone number of your
I : View printable dealer-recorded . Locate owner resources such as location.
service records and self-recorded lease-end, financing, and
warranty information. . Location of the vehicle.
service records.
. Retrieve favorite articles, . Model, year, color, and license
D : Select a dealer and view plate number of the vehicle.
locations, maps, phone numbers, quizzes, tips, and multimedia
and hours. galleries organized into the . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Featured Articles and Auto Care Identification Number (VIN), and
Sections. delivery date of the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15

. Description of the problem. Cadillac Owner Privileges . Battery Jump Start: Service to
. jump start a dead battery.
Coverage Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and
Services are provided for the vehicle to get to the nearest Service: If your trip is
duration of the vehicles powertrain service station. interrupted due to a warranty
warranty. failure, incidental expenses may
. Lock-Out Service: Service to
In the U.S., anyone driving the be reimbursed during the
unlock the vehicle if you are
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a Powertrain warranty period.
locked out. A remote unlock may
person driving the vehicle without Items considered are hotel,
be available if you have OnStar.
permission from the owner is not meals, and rental car or a
For security reasons, the driver
covered. vehicle being delivered back to
must present identification
the customer, up to 805 km
Roadside Service is not a part of the before this service is given.
(500 mi).
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. . Emergency Tow from a Public
General Motors North America and Road or Highway: Tow to the Cadillac Technician Roadside
Cadillac reserve the right to make nearest Cadillac dealer for Service (U.S. Only)
any changes or discontinue the warranty service, or if the vehicle
Roadside Service program at any Cadillac's exceptional Roadside
was in a crash and cannot be Service is more than an auto club or
time without notification. driven. Assistance is not given towing service. It provides every
General Motors North America and when the vehicle is stuck in the Cadillac owner in the United States
Cadillac reserve the right to limit sand, mud, or snow. with the advantage of contacting a
services or payment to an owner or . Flat Tire Change: Service to Cadillac advisor and, where
driver if they decide the claims are change a flat tire with a spare available, a Cadillac trained dealer
made too often, or the same type of tire. The spare tire, if equipped, technician who can provide on-site
claim is made many times. must be in good condition and service.
properly inflated. It is your A dealer technician will travel to
responsibility for the repair or your location within a 30-mile radius
replacement of the tire if it is not of a participating Cadillac
covered by the warranty. dealership. If beyond this radius, we
will arrange to have your car towed
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
to the nearest Cadillac dealership. Services Specific to labor for repairs not covered by
Each technician travels with a Canadian-Purchased Vehicles the warranty are the owner
specially equipped service vehicle responsibility.
. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
complete with the necessary
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
Cadillac parts and tools required to
delivery may be restricted.
Scheduling Service
handle most roadside repairs.
Propane and other fuels are not Appointments
Services Not Included in provided through this service. When the vehicle requires warranty
Roadside Service . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle service, contact your dealer and
. Impound towing caused by registration is required. request an appointment. By
violation of any laws. . scheduling a service appointment
Trip Interruption Benefits and
and advising the service consultant
. Legal fines. Service: Pre-authorization,
of your transportation needs, your
original detailed receipts, and a
. Mounting, dismounting, dealer can help minimize your
copy of the repair orders are
or changing of snow tires, inconvenience.
required. Once authorization has
chains, or other traction devices. been received, the Roadside If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
Service is not provided if a vehicle Service advisor will help you into the service department
is in an area that is not accessible make arrangements and explain immediately, keep driving it until it
to the service vehicle or is not a how to receive payment. can be scheduled for service,
regularly traveled or maintained . unless, of course, the problem is
Alternative Service: If
public road, which includes ice and safety related. If it is, please call
assistance cannot be provided
winter roads. Off-road use is not your dealership, let them know this,
right away, the Roadside Service
covered. and ask for instructions.
advisor may give you permission
to get local emergency road If your dealer requests you to bring
service. You will receive the vehicle for service, you are
payment, up to $100, after urged to do so as early in the work
sending the original receipt to day as possible to allow for
Roadside Service. Mechanical same-day repair.
failures may be covered,
however any cost for parts and
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Program Warranty service can generally be For an overnight warranty repair, the
completed while you wait. However, dealer may provide an available
To enhance your ownership courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
if you are unable to do so, your
experience, we and our participating reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
dealer may offer the following
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Reimbursement is limited and must
transportation options:
Transportation, a customer support be supported by original receipts as
program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service well as a signed and completed
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty rental agreement and meet state/
This includes one-way or round-trip
Coverage period in Canada), provincial, local, and rental vehicle
shuttle service within reasonable
extended powertrain, and/or provider requirements.
time and distance parameters of
hybrid-specific warranties in both Requirements vary and may include
your dealer's area.
the U.S. and Canada. minimum age requirements,
Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
options are available to assist in Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage
reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair
Courtesy Transportation is not a
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility.
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a
entitled Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Owner Assistance Information customers arrange their own
furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited Additional Program
provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information
information. expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
and be supported by original service, may not be available at
receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
information. for specific availability.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM failure related to such parts is not
or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by that warranty.
Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
resolve all questions of claim Repair Facility
may also be used for repair. These
eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you
conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in choose a collision repair facility that
sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the meets your needs before you ever
parts being recycled are from need collision repairs. Your dealer
Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle. may have a collision repair center
A recycled original equipment GM with GM-trained technicians and
If the vehicle is involved in a state-of-the-art equipment, or be
collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally able to recommend a collision repair
damage repaired by a qualified
designed appearance and safety center that has GM-trained
technician using the proper
performance; however, the history of technicians and comparable
equipment and quality replacement equipment.
parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New Insuring the Vehicle
value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by Protect your investment in the GM
be compromised in subsequent
collisions. that warranty. vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also are significant differences in the
available. These are made by quality of coverage afforded by
Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may various insurance policy terms.
parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle. Many insurance policies provide
and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit reduced protection to the GM
parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/ vehicle by limiting compensation for
originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not damage repairs by using
Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent aftermarket collision parts. Some
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not insurance companies will not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag
recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. Inflates? 0 78.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Managing the Vehicle Damage
Roadside Service 0 369. Repair Process
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current Gather the following information: In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance carrier, consider switching . Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends
to another insurance carrier. telephone number. that you take an active role in its
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver license number. repair. If you have a pre-determined
company may require you to have repair facility of choice, take the
insurance that ensures repairs with . Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number. Specify to the facility that any
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Vehicle license plate number. required replacement collision parts
Genuine Manufacturer replacement be original equipment parts, either
. Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of model year. original GM parts. Remember,
the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle Identification recycled parts will not be covered by
Number (VIN). the GM vehicle warranty.
If a Crash Occurs
. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
If there has been an injury, call number. but you must live with the repair.
emergency services for help. Do not Depending on your policy limits,
leave the scene of a crash until all . General description of the your insurance company may
matters have been taken care of. damage to the other vehicle. initially value the repair using
Move the vehicle only if its position Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
puts you in danger, or you are that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on
instructed to move it by a police See Collision Parts earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember,
officer. section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Current and Past Models
even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional Technical Service Bulletins and
does not pay the full cost.
technical service information Manuals are available for current
If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service and past model GM vehicles.
company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. ORDER TOLL FREE:
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday
repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time
insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
repair limits, as you have no For Credit Card Orders Only
contractual limits with that company. Owner Information (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended Or write to:
long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The Helm, Incorporated
Owner Manual includes the Attention: Customer Service
Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all 47911 Halyard Drive
models. Plymouth, MI 48170
Ordering Information
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without
(U.S. and Canada Only) notice and without incurring
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Service Manuals Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00
and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
suspension, brakes, electrical, funds.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Radio Frequency Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call

Statement the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
This vehicle has systems that 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to:
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Commission (FCC) rules and with Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle Washington, D.C. 20590
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other
ICES001.
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle
Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately safety from http://
two conditions: inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects
2. The device must accept any General Motors. to the Canadian
interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar Government
interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
undesired operation of the If you live in Canada, and you
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety
device.
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada
Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General
these systems by other than an and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Limited. Call
authorized service facility could void Transport Canada at
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment. 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
become involved in individual
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicles performance and
Cadillac Customer Assistance how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
Center vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicles
Cadillac Motor Car Division monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
P.O. Box 33169 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
Detroit, MI 48232-5169 monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000, typically 30 seconds or less. The
or write: crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
General Motors of Canada Limited technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Some modules may also store data
Oshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7 . Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional
Note consent of the lessee; in response Information 0 383.
to an official request by police or
EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
personally identifying data routinely
deletion instructions.
acquired during a crash
investigation. OnStar
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active
access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
law enforcement, that have the about the vehicles operation;
special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
OnStar 379
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
> Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call,
electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call.
and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands.
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
collect information about you and Navigation voice commands.
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStars Terms &
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
380 OnStar
. Obtain the Wi-Fi hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar subscription plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicles navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
OnStar 381
2. Request directions to be 2. Say Repeat. System Connections

downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected.
commands. OnStar ready, then a tone.
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see
Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar ready, then a tone. Ensuring Security
Cancel Route
2. Say Get my destination. . Change the default passwords
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
OnStar ready, then a tone. for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
address and distance to the RemoteLink mobile application.
2. Say Cancel route. System destination, then responds with Make these passwords different
responds: Do you want to OnStar ready, then a tone. from each other and use a
cancel directions? Destination Download combination of letters, numbers,
3. Say Yes. System responds: and symbols to increase the
Subscribers can have directions security.
OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicles navigation
you, goodbye. screen, if equipped. . Change the default name of the
Route Preview SSID (Service Set Indentifier).
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to This is your networks name that
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicles is visible to other wireless
OnStar ready, then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After devices. Choose a unique name
the call ends, the navigation screen and avoid family names or
2. Say Route preview. System will provide prompts to begin driving vehicle descriptions.
responds with the next three directions. Routes that are sent to
maneuvers. the navigation screen can only be OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If
canceled through the navigation Equipped)
Repeat
system. The vehicle may have a built-in
1. Press =. System responds: Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar ready, then a tone. to the Internet and web content at
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
382 OnStar
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile OnStar Subscribers can access the Remote Services
devices can be connected. A data following services from a mobile
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle device:
unlock the doors or sound the horn
controls only when it is safe to . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, and flash the lamps.
do so. if factory-equipped.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar AtYourService
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
information, press =, wait for with automatic locks. OnStar Advisors can provide special
the prompt, then say Wi-Fi offers from restaurants and retailers
. Activate the horn and lamps. on your route, help locate hotels,
settings. On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil or book a room.
screen. life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire OnStar Hands-Free Calling
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), Pressure Monitor System. Make and receive calls with the
password, and on some . Send directions to the vehicle. built-in wireless calling service,
vehicles, the connection type which requires available minutes.
. Locate the vehicle on a map
(no Internet connection, 3G, (U.S. market only). Make a Call
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot 1. Press =. System responds:
on/off, manage settings, and OnStar ready.
3. To change the SSID or monitor data consumption,
password, press Q or call 2. Say Call. System responds:
if equipped. Call. Please say the name or
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
For OnStar RemoteLink information number to call.
with an Advisor.
and compatibility, see 3. Say the entire number without
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or pausing, including a 1 and the
(If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada). area code. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink OK, calling.
mobile app to select Apple iOS,
Android, BlackBerry,
or Windows mobile devices.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
OnStar 383
Calling 911 Emergency Diagnostics OnStar Additional

1. Press =. System responds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a Information
OnStar ready. status of the vehicles key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by In-Vehicle Audio Messages
2. Say Call. System responds:
Call. Please say the name or pressing Q. Real-time Diagnostic Audio messages may play important
number to call. Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text. information at the following times:
The Proactive Alerts feature (if
3. Say 911 without pausing. . Prior to vehicle purchase.
available) can help predict and alert
System responds: 911. of potential upcoming maintenance Press Q to set up an account.
4. Say Call. System responds: issues with select components on . With the OnStar Basic Plan,
OK, dialing 911. the vehicle, before they become a every 60 days.
problem.
Retrieve My Number . After change in ownership and
OnStar can also monitor and report at 90 days.
1. Press =. System responds: tire pressure, if the vehicle is
OnStar ready. equipped with a Tire Pressure Transferring Service
Monitoring System.
2. Say My number. System Press Q to request account transfer
responds: Your OnStar eligibility information. The Advisor
Hands-Free Calling number is, can cancel or change account
then says the number. information.
End a Call Selling/Transferring the
Press =. System responds: Call Vehicle
ended. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
Verify Minutes and Expiration terminate your OnStar services if
Press = and say Minutes then the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
Verify to check how many minutes transferred, or if the lease ends.
remain and their expiration date.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
384 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency

Owners Advisor. Statement 0 376.
Press Q and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with
speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities
possible. The Advisor will update OnStar has an agreement with a
Advisors provide services to help
vehicle records and explain OnStar wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities
service options. in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage,
How OnStar Service Works network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help:
Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
Hands-Free Calling are available on hardware. OnStar services may not
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
most vehicles. Not all OnStar work if the OnStar equipment is not
situations.
services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been
or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
information, a full description of software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to
OnStar services, system limitations, communicate to deaf,
and OnStar terms and conditions: not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
(1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
phone network congestion or
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
OnStar 385
OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle.
OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over
to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message
Warranty around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with
OnStar equipment may be or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals
warranted as part of the vehicle maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a
Languages few miles into another cellular area.
could have difficulty identifying
The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location.
respond in multiple languages.
Vehicle and Power Issues
. In emergency situations, OnStar
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS
Advisors are available in English, electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency
Spanish, and French. Available and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders.
languages may vary by country. available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
may ask for a call back after the
Assistance after the vehicle has
vehicle is driven into an open area.
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
386 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access
the time of installation. These transmissions and private
The OnStar system is integrated
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent.
into the electrical architecture of the
a system to automatically
vehicle. Do not add any electrical OnStar - Software
communicate with GM servers to
equipment. See Add-On Electrical Acknowledgements
collect information about vehicle
Equipment 0 260. Added electrical
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include
equipment may interfere with the
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other
operation of the OnStar system and
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the
cause it to not operate.
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third
or changes and agreement that party software please see http://
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
software updates or changes to the www.lg.com/global/support/
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https://
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html
The complete OnStar Privacy
security, or the operation of the libcurl:
Statement may be found at
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
Software updates or changes may
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE
affect or erase data or settings that
recommend that you review it. If you
are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties
described in the OnStar privacy
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
OnStar 387
above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided as is,
permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind,
copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES inability to use this software.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose,
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, Info-ZIP is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions:
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions.
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in
Except as contained in this notice, documentation and/or other
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the
not be used in advertising or distribution. The sole exception
otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
or other dealings in this Software of a standard UnZipSFX binary
without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
the copyright holder.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
388 OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versionsmust be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names Info-ZIP (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), Pocket
UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 389
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Will You See after an
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 When Should an Airbag
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 228 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Adaptive Forward Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 75
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Airbags
Adaptive Forward Lighting Adding Equipment to the
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 260 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 125
Additional Information Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Additional Maintenance Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Adjustments Alarm
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Alert
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 276 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 247
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .214, 287
Airbag System Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 214
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
How Does an Airbag Appearance Care
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 79 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
What Makes an Airbag Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
390 Index
Assistance Systems for Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Capacities and

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Assistance Systems for Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 236 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Carbon Monoxide
Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 202 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Cargo
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Automatic Transmission Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 105
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 High Intensity Discharge Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Shift Lock Control Function (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Charging
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 292 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 126
B
Check
Battery C
Malfunction Indicator
Exterior Lighting Battery Cadillac Premium Care
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Child Restraints
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 87
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 California
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Voltage and Charging Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 252
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Perchlorate Materials
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Battery - North America . . . .287, 332 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98, 101
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 290 California
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Proposition
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Brake 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .262, 287, 332
Cleaning
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 128
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 391
Cleaning (cont'd) Cooling System (cont'd) Diagnostics

Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 225
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Door
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 373 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 228 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Compartments Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Text Telephone (TTY) Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . . 66
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 222 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 365
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 324 Customer Information Drive Systems
Connections Service Publications All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 214, 287
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 375 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 235
Control Customer Satisfaction Driver Information
Traction and Electronic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
D
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Driving
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 373
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 242
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Characteristics and
Data Recorder
Coolant Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 377
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 123 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Daytime Running
Engine Temperature Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 27
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 196
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
392 Index
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 164

If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 198 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 166
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Exterior Lighting Battery
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 265 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Track Events and Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
F
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Features
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Coolant Temperature
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Filter,
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Coolant Temperature
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Dual Automatic Climate Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 168
Cooling System Messages . . . 143
E Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 215 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Electrical Equipment, Fluid
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 275
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Electrical System Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Engine Compartment Fuse Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 293 Forward Collision Alert
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 210
Instrument Panel Fuse (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 205
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Frequency Statement
Engine Oil
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 122
Rear Compartment Fuse Front Automatic Braking
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 (FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . .259, 260
Emergency Front Seats
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 377
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 62
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Engine Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 393
Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd)

Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166
Filling a Portable Fuel Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 134
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Heated
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Warning Lights and Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 General Information Heated and Ventilated Front
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 132 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 347 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Requirements, California . . . . . 252 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Heater
Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Engine Compartment Fuse High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
H
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 311
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 293 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 196
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 168
Instrument Panel Fuse Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Rear Compartment Fuse How to Wear Safety Belts
Headlamps
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Adaptive Forward
G Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 I
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Gauges Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Indicator
Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Daytime Running Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Infants and Young Children,
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 122 High Intensity Discharge Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 133 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
394 Index
Instrument Panel Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Antilock Brake System
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 47 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 247 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 128
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
J
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 249 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Jump Starting - North
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 129 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Engine Coolant
K LATCH System Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 131
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 144 Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 132
Keyless Entry Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 30 LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166
L LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 305 Light Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 124
Lamps Adaptive Forward Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 167 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Service Electric Parking
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . 133 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Traction Control System
Exterior Lighting Battery Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 131
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 225
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 126 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Locks
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 395
Locks (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd)

Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 47
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 143 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 132 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Monitor System, Tire
Lower Anchors and Tethers Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
for Children (LATCH Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
N
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Navigation
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Object Detection System . . . . . 145
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 148
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
M New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Maintenance
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 O
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Object Detection System
Maintenance and Care
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 349
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Recommended Fluids and
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Off-Road
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 126
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Oil
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Mirrors Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 274
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Messages
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 86
Battery Voltage and
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
396 Index
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Passenger Compartment Air R

OnStar Additional Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 376
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 79 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Perchlorate Materials Rear Climate Control System . . . 183
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Requirements, California . . . . . . 262 Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 66
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Performance Data Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Personalization Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . 50
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Rearview Mirrors
Ordering Power Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 375 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Outlets Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Recommended Fluids and
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Records
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 207 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
P
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 335
Park
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 71 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Premium Care Maintenance Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Parking
Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Brake and P (Park)
Privacy Replacement Parts
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 289
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 377 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 209
Program Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Parking Brake
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 372 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 85
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Proposition Replacing LATCH System
Parking or Backing
65 Warning, Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 236
California . . . . . . . . . . . .262, 287, 332 Replacing Safety Belt System
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 397
Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts (cont'd) Security (cont'd)

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 376 How to Wear Safety Belts Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Restraints Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Retained Accessory Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 73 Accessories and
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 71 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Safety Defects Reporting Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 263
Ride Control Systems Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 376 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Enhanced Traction General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 361
System (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Maintenance, General
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Roads Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 362
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 371 Publications Ordering
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Roof Seats Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 371
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 62 Service Electric Parking
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 365 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 58 Services
Running the Vehicle While Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 56 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Shift Lock Control Function
S
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Check, Automatic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Securing Child Restraints . . . 98, 101 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Security Shifting
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
398 Index
Shifting (cont'd) Storing the Tire Sealant and Tires (cont'd)

Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 247 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Signals, Turn and Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Special Application Services . . . . 354 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Specifications and Sunshade Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 312
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . .311
StabiliTrak System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Forward Collision Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Sealant and
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 378 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . 20, 205 Systems Sealant and Compressor
Starting the Vehicle Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
T
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Terminology and Definitions . . 307
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Uniform Tire Quality
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 368
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 45
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Storage Areas Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 59
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 321
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Towing
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 104 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 255
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
Index 399
Towing (cont'd) U Vehicle Data Recording and

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 255 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 319 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 335 Universal Remote System . . . . . . 160 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258260 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
W
Track Events and Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Traction
V Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control System (TCS)/
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 249
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 225
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 362 Warnings
Traction Control/Electronic
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Trailer
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258260
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 152 Wheels
Transmission
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 321
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 When It Is Time for New
Transportation Program,
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 130 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Vehicle Care Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 91
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Storing the Tire Sealant Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 331 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Turn and Lane-Change
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Windshield
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 10/5/15
400 Index
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 290
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

2016 Cts Sedan Owner Manual PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

2016 Cts Sedan Owner Manual PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.

Introduction model variants, country Helm, Incorporated

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

In Brief Vehicle Features

High Performance Seat

Lumbar Adjustment Bolster Adjustment

Cushion Bolster Back Bolster Support Memory Features

The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons

Refer to the following sections for Canada and Mexico

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Dome Lamp There are front and rear reading

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164 To turn the Rainsense feature on or

INT : Use this setting for intermittent

1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Climate Controls

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and Passenger 5. Recirculation

See Dual Automatic Climate Control Starting the Engine

Vehicle Features Cruise Control (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,

Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or

Lane Change Alert (LCA) Front Vision Camera Rear Vision

If equipped, this system provides a The passenger side switch (2)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The Keyless Access system can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks Warning (Continued)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

4. Use the key in the cylinder. Inside the Vehicle

Power Door Locks

To replace the cap:

3. Move the cap forward and

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press the touch pad on the rear

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark Vehicle Security

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Transmitters to the Vehicle under Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Memory Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch Programming the Power

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

The driver side switch (1) operates

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 53